Click Start Test above to launch a full-length SIE practice exam, or scroll down for shorter practice questions by domain. Every question includes a detailed, FINRA-aligned explanation so you learn the reasoning — not just the answer.
The SIE (Securities Industry Essentials) is FINRA’s foundational exam covering the basics of the securities industry — products, markets, regulation, and prohibited practices.[1] Unlike most FINRA exams, you don’t need a sponsor to take it, so it’s the perfect first step.
The best way to prepare is realistic, timed practice — that’s what these free SIE practice tests and test prep are built for.[7]
For complete SIE exam prep, pair them with our free study guide and flashcards. Want extra insurance for exam day? For a limited time, Career Employer students get 50% off SurePass, Capital Prep’s 1-year SIE pass with an exam pass guarantee: your $100 retake fee covered if you don’t pass, plus your money back and another year of study access.
Career Employer SIE Student Data
Updated daily
Career Employer SIE practice-test data · through Nov 3, 2026 · 594 students
SIE students on Career Employer get 62% of practice questions right on the first try; Overview of the Regulatory Framework is the most-missed section.[11]
What 594 SIE students on Career Employer got wrong
First-try accuracy by exam section, hardest first[11]
- Overview of the Regulatory Framework9% of exam · data from the previous question set55%n=5,827
- Knowledge of Capital Markets16% of exam · data from the previous question set61%n=8,330
- Trading, Accounts & Prohibited Activities31% of exam · data from the previous question set63%n=11,905
- Products & Their Risks44% of exam · data from the previous question set65%n=18,494
Overview of the Regulatory Framework is the most-missed SIE section (55% correct), but it’s only 9% of the exam. The section costing students the most points is Products & Their Risks (65% correct × 44% of the exam). Drill both, in that order.[11]
SurePass, Capital Prep’s 1-year SIE pass with an exam pass guarantee: your $100 retake fee covered if you don’t pass, plus your money back and another year of study access. Limited-time CE student deal: 50% off SurePass →
See Career Employer’s full SIE student data ↓Our data & methodology
Source: Career Employer SIE practice-test data, first attempt at each question only, Aug 29, 2026 – Nov 3, 2026. Sections marked “previous question set” were rewritten recently; they show the earlier version until the new one qualifies. Our practice questions written to the official outline, not the official exam; self-selected sample; a student is one browser.
SIE Exam at a Glance
FINRA states the SIE “consists of 75 scored questions” with an additional 5 unscored, pretest questions, and that there is no penalty for guessing.[2] Here are the key facts your practice should mirror:
| Detail | SIE Exam |
|---|---|
| Scored questions | 75 (+5 unscored = 80 total) |
| Time limit | 1 hr 45 min (105 minutes) |
| Passing score | 70% (at least 53 of 75) |
| Exam fee | $100 (since Jan 1, 2026) |
| Format | Multiple choice (4 options) |
| Sponsor required? | No — open to anyone 18+ |
| Result validity | 4 years |
| Guessing penalty | None — answer every item |
| Retake waits | 30 days (1st–2nd fail), 180 days (3rd) |
What’s Changed on the SIE Exam (2026–2027)
Checked against official sources: Sep 30, 2026
Recently changed
- Jan 1, 2026
The SIE exam fee rose from $80 to $100 on January 1, 2026, under FINRA's approved multi-year fee schedule.
What Is on the SIE Exam?
The SIE exam covers four major job functions: Knowledge of Capital Markets (16%), Understanding Products and Their Risks (44%), Understanding Trading, Customer Accounts and Prohibited Activities (31%), and Overview of the Regulatory Framework (9%).[2]
Each function is weighted by its number of scored questions. Nearly half the exam is the “products and their risks” function — so weight your studying the same way:
| Major job function | Scored questions | % of exam |
|---|---|---|
| 1. Knowledge of Capital Markets | 12 | 16% |
| 2. Understanding Products and Their Risks | 33 | 44% |
| 3. Understanding Trading, Customer Accounts and Prohibited Activities | 23 | 31% |
| 4. Overview of the Regulatory Framework | 7 | 9% |

SIE Exam Weighting by Domain
This chart shows how FINRA weights the four functions — drill the heaviest ones hardest. Use the Start Test button at the top to take a full, weighted practice exam or drill any single domain.
Who Can Take the SIE Exam?
Anyone who is at least 18 years old can take the SIE exam — you do not need to be associated with or sponsored by a FINRA member firm.[1]That’s the SIE’s biggest advantage: you can register on your own.
That means students and career-changers can take the SIE before landing a job and walk into interviews already credentialed. The SIE is the first half of every representative-level registration; you later add a top-off exam (such as the Series 6 or Series 7) once you’re hired.
How Do You Register for the SIE Exam?
You register for the SIE exam by enrolling yourself directly through FINRA’s portal — no sponsor required — and paying the $100 exam fee (up from $80 on January 1, 2026).[1][8] FINRA opens a 120-day window in which to schedule and sit the exam.[3]
You then book a seat at a Prometric test center or choose online proctoring, and you can reschedule subject to FINRA’s cancellation policy.[6] If your firm is sponsoring you for a full registration, they may enroll you instead — but self-enrollment is what makes the SIE uniquely accessible.
What Should You Expect on SIE Test Day?
On SIE test day, arrive at least 30 minutes early with a valid, unexpired government-issued photo ID. You may not bring any study materials, notes, or personal electronics into the room — a basic on-screen calculator and scratch material are provided.[1]
You can also take the SIE from home via online proctoring, which requires a webcam, a system compatibility check, and a quiet, private space.[4] Because no outside materials are allowed, practicing under the same conditions — quiet room, no notes, clock running — is the single best way to prepare.
What SIE Test-Takers Report
What people who recently sat the SIE said about the real exam in public forums, quoted word for word:
More application than definition
“The wording on the test was significantly different than I thought it would be and it was considerably more application of topics than definition.”
Scenarios and prohibited practices, little math
“There weren't many questions involving math, options or fine print timelines on things, a lot of simulation questions however like, "What would be the best security for John based on x" and what is and isn't a prohibited practice.”
Wording felt like another language
“When I took the test the first time I felt like it was written in a different language. I was not confident at all and was honestly shocked that I got within two questions.”
What Is the Passing Score for the SIE?
The passing score for the SIE exam is 70% — at least 53 of the 75 scored questions correct. Only the 75 scored questions count toward your result; the 5 unscored pretest items are mixed in and don’t affect your score.[2]
FINRA sets the passing standard with a formal standard-setting study rather than a simple curve.[5] You see your pass/fail result immediately when you finish at the test center.
How Hard Is the SIE Exam? (Pass Rate)
The SIE pass rate is roughly 74% for first-time test-takers and about 82% overall once retakes are included, per industry sources — FINRA doesn’t publish an official rate. In other words, about one in four people fail their first attempt — usually because they underestimated a “foundational” exam that spans a wide range of products and rules.
The takeaway: the SIE is very passable on the first try with disciplined preparation — but treat it seriously. Candidates who consistently score 80%+ on realistic practice exams (not a single lucky 72%) are the ones who walk in ready. If you do fail, FINRA requires a 30-day wait after a first or second attempt and 180 days after a third.[5]
On Career Employer, SIE students get 62% right on the first try and miss Overview of the Regulatory Framework most[11] — see the SIE student data above.

How to Use SIE Practice Tests
The SIE is foundational, but it rewards disciplined preparation across a wide range of products and rules.[1] Use these practice exams to reinforce concepts and polish your weak areas — and get the most out of them with these tips:
- Recreate exam-day conditions. You can’t bring any materials into a FINRA exam, so practice the same way: a quiet spot (your local library is ideal), no notes, and the clock running. Training under real conditions is what turns knowledge into a passing score.[7]
- Practice timed and full-length. 75 questions in 105 minutes is ~1.4 minutes each — pacing is the #1 skill a practice test builds that a study guide can’t.
- Mirror the weighting. Nearly half the exam is products and their risks. If a practice set isn’t ~44% product questions, it isn’t representative — drill that domain hardest.
- Answer everything. There’s no guessing penalty, so never leave a question blank. Build the “flag-and-move-on” reflex now.
- Aim for 80%+. Passing is 70%, but build a buffer for exam-day nerves and FINRA’s scaling. A single 72% is not “ready.”
- Track by domain, not just total. A 75% overall can hide a 55% in products — the function that’s nearly half the real exam. Review your results per domain and re-test your weakest one.
- Use practice diagnostically, then for endurance. Early on, use the domain quizzes to find weak spots; in the final week, take full-length exams to build pacing and stamina.
| Checkpoint | By this time |
|---|---|
| Question 25 | 35 minutes |
| Question 50 | 70 minutes |
| Question 75 | 105 minutes |
Plan for the full sitting. 53% of SIE students on Career Employer who start a full-length practice exam finish one (319 of 600)[11] — set aside the full sitting before you press Start Test.
Mind the calendar. SIE students who set an exam date on Career Employer had a median of 14 days until their exam, and 86% were within 30 days (n = 154)[11] — if you have more runway than that, use it to work through every section.
Why Take the SIE Exam?
The SIE is the entry point to a career in the securities industry. Passing it demonstrates that you understand the fundamentals — products, markets, regulatory structure, and prohibited practices — before you ever sit a specialized exam.
Because you can take it without a sponsor, it’s the credential that gets you noticed by employers and proves you’re serious.[1]After you’re hired, you add a top-off exam like the Series 6 or Series 7 to start transacting business. These free practice exams are how you get there efficiently.
Conclusion
Passing the SIE on the first try comes down to thorough, realistic preparation — and practice exams are the single most effective tool for that. Pair these free full-length exams and domain quizzes with our SIE study guide and flashcards to master the content, get used to the exam’s wording, and pace yourself confidently. Practice until you’re consistently above 80%, and you’ll walk in ready.
SIE Exam Experiences from Career Employer Students
I did sit for the SIE and passed. Today I sat and passed the Series 6. I am finishing studies on the 63 and expect to pass that test before halloween. S6 done. 63 in progress. I hope to test by end of month. Fingers crossed!!
— George A.
- ✓ Verified Career Employer student
- SIE
- Oct 2026
- Passed ✓
Shared by email after their exam, published word-for-word with permission. Never paid. Our data & methodology
SIE Practice Exam FAQ
The SIE has 75 scored multiple-choice questions plus 5 unscored pretest items, for 80 questions total. (FINRA reduced the unscored items from 10 to 5, effective October 2025.) You need 70% to pass — at least 53 of the 75 scored questions correct.
No — the SIE does not require a sponsor or a job; it is open to anyone who is at least 18 years old. Unlike the Series 6 or Series 7, you do not need to be associated with a FINRA member firm, which makes it a great way to show employers you're serious before you're hired.
The passing score for the SIE exam is 70% — at least 53 of the 75 scored questions correct.
The SIE pass rate is around 74% for first-time test-takers (about 82% overall, including retakes), per industry sources — FINRA does not publish an official rate. It's foundational, but it covers a wide range of products and rules, so realistic practice still matters.
The SIE is foundational but broad — with roughly a 74% first-time pass rate, about one in four candidates fail their first attempt, usually from underestimating it. With disciplined, realistic practice (aim for 80%+ before test day), most people pass comfortably on the first try.
The SIE exam is 1 hour and 45 minutes (105 minutes) long, covering 80 questions (75 scored plus 5 unscored).
Your SIE result stays valid for four years. Within that window you can pair it with a top-off qualification exam (such as the Series 6 or Series 7) to complete a full registration.
No — there is no penalty for guessing on the SIE, so you should answer every question and never leave one blank.
Career Employer SIE practice-test data, through Nov 3, 2026 · 594 students
| Metric | Value | n | Students | Source | Data through |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Students who answered practice questions | 594 | — | 594 | all question versions | Nov 3, 2026 |
| First-try answers (all question versions) | 44,620 | 44,620 | 594 | all question versions | Nov 3, 2026 |
| First-try accuracy, whole exam | 62.4% | 44,556 answers | 594 | previous question set | Nov 3, 2026 |
| First-try accuracy: Overview of the Regulatory Framework (9.3% of the exam; costs 4.2 of every 100 exam points) | 54.6% | 5,827 answers | 497 | previous question set | Nov 3, 2026 |
| First-try accuracy: Knowledge of Capital Markets (16% of the exam; costs 6.2 of every 100 exam points) | 61.2% | 8,330 answers | 526 | previous question set | Nov 3, 2026 |
| First-try accuracy: Trading, Accounts & Prohibited Activities (30.7% of the exam; costs 11.2 of every 100 exam points) | 63.4% | 11,905 answers | 525 | previous question set | Nov 3, 2026 |
| First-try accuracy: Products & Their Risks (44% of the exam; costs 15.5 of every 100 exam points) | 64.8% | 18,494 answers | 564 | previous question set | Nov 3, 2026 |
| Median score on first full-length practice exam | 67% | 326 students | 326 | all question versions | Nov 3, 2026 |
| Scored 80%+ on first full-length practice exam | 14.4% | 326 students | 326 | all question versions | Nov 3, 2026 |
| Median days from setting an exam date to the exam | 14 days | 154 exam dates | 154 | first date each student set | Nov 3, 2026 |
| Exam dates within 30 days of being set | 85.7% | 154 exam dates | 154 | first date each student set | Nov 3, 2026 |
| Started a full-length practice exam | 600 | — | 600 | all question versions | Nov 3, 2026 |
| Finished a full-length practice exam | 319 | of 600 starters | 319 | all question versions | Nov 3, 2026 |
| Full-length practice exam finish rate | 53.2% | 600 starters | 600 | all question versions | Nov 3, 2026 |
First attempt at each question only; repeats, answers after revealing the explanation, bots and staff excluded. Aug 29, 2026 – Nov 3, 2026. Our practice questions written to the official outline, not the official exam; self-selected sample; a student is one browser. Free to reuse under CC BY 4.0 — cite “Career Employer practice-test data, careeremployer.com/data”.
Want the short version before you start the question bank? Our free SIE cheat sheet condenses the highest-yield SIE facts into one quick review for your final week.
SIE question bank
All 558 questions, by domain
A reference copy of every question in this practice test. Each answer stays hidden until you choose to show it. To practice with scoring, timing and your readiness score, use Start Test at the top of the page.
Products & Their Risks (212)
For preferred shares, the annual dividend payment is
- A.Fixed and stated as a percentage of its current market value (CMV)
- B.Subject to variation and stated as a percentage of its par value
- C.Fixed and stated as a percentage of its par value
- D.Subject to variation and stated as a percentage of its current market value (CMV)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Fixed and stated as a percentage of its par value
A preferred stock's annual dividend payment is its fixed rate of return, unlike that of common shares where the dividend is subject to variation.
A customer investing in common equity securities could realize all of the following except
- A.Current income via dividend declarations
- B.Protection of principal investment
- C.Potential hedge against inflation
- D.Potential capital appreciation
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Protection of principal investment
While common shareholders could realize potential capital appreciation, current income via dividend declarations and a potential hedge against inflation, protection of the initial investment is not guaranteed. Common shareholders have limited liability, meaning that while they cannot lose more than was initially invested, they could still lose all of it.
A company has distributed profits to its shareholders. This type of distribution would most likely be in the form of
- A.Spin-offs
- B.Royalties
- C.Dividends
- D.Interest
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Dividends
A company distributes profits to its shareholders in the form of dividends, declared at the discretion of the board of directors (BOD). Spin-offs distribute shares of a separate subsidiary rather than profits, royalties are paid to owners of intellectual property for its use, and interest is paid to a company's creditors and bondholders, not to its shareholders.
Which of these is an equity security?
- A.Mortgage bonds
- B.Debentures
- C.Preferred stock
- D.Municipal bonds
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Preferred stock
Common and preferred stock are examples of an equity security. Bonds of any type by comparison are certificates of indebtedness—debt instruments.
All of the following could be characterized as benefits to owning common stock except
- A.Income potential via the receipt of dividends
- B.Limited liability
- C.Capital gains via increases in share price
- D.Low dissolution priority
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Low dissolution priority
Low dissolution priority refers to being paid last in the event of a corporate dissolution (bankruptcy). Obviously, this is not a benefit. However, price appreciation and the receipt of dividends are potential benefits and limited liability is guaranteed, only being able to lose what one has invested.
Characteristics common to penny stocks would include which of the following?
- A.Market price greater than or equal to $5 per share and unlisted
- B.Market price less than $5 per share and unlisted
- C.Market price greater than or equal to $5 per share and listed on an exchange or Nasdaq
- D.Market price less than $5 per share and listed on an exchange or Nasdaq
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Market price less than $5 per share and unlisted
Penny stocks are generally defined as those with a market price below $5 per share that are not listed (traded) on any exchange or Nasdaq.
Each of the following are likely benefits of owning shares of common stock except
- A.Dividend payments
- B.Voting rights
- C.Interest payments
- D.Limited liability
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Interest payments
Interest payments are paid to bond holders but not on common stock. Common shareholders may receive dividends if declared by the board of directors. They may also expect to vote on certain critical issues facing the company such as its leadership. Common shareholders have a liability limited to the amount invested.
An example of a fixed-income security would include all of the following except
- A.A municipal bond that has historically made late interest payments
- B.Preferred stock that has historically paid dividends
- C.Common stock that has historically paid dividends
- D.A money market instrument that has historically made timely interest payments
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Common stock that has historically paid dividends
Securities that have an agreed rate of return, such as bonds, notes, money market instruments, and other debt instruments, are deemed fixed-income securities. Preferred stock acts in many ways like a bond in that it has a fixed dividend rate, making it a fixed-income security. Common stock may or may not pay a dividend depending on the board of directors. Common stock is not deemed a fixed-income security.
Because common stock can be sold or given away, it is considered to be
- A.Preemptive
- B.Freely transferrable
- C.Voted by proxy
- D.Limited in liability
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Freely transferrable
Common stock is freely transferable to anyone who wants to buy it or receive it as a gift. In this regard, shareholders have the right to sell or give away their shares without permission of the corporation.
Under the rules, a penny stock is defined as an unlisted, security trading at less than
- A.$2 per share on three consecutive days.
- B.$5 per share.
- C.$2.50 per share on three consecutive days.
- D.$1 per share.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $5 per share.
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules define penny stocks as those that are unlisted on an exchange or Nasdaq trading at less than $5 per share.
Common stockholders owning dividend paying stocks are exposed to
- A.Current income risk but not market risk
- B.Market risk and current income risk
- C.Market risk but not current income risk
- D.Neither market risk nor current income risk
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Market risk and current income risk
In owning common shares, the investor stands to lose current income through dividend reduction or suspension (current income risk), as well as capital loss, should the market price decline (market risk).
In the dividend disbursement process three of the four critical dates are determined by the board of directors (BOD) but one is determined by either Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) for OTC stocks or the exchange for listed stocks. Which one is it?
- A.Declaration
- B.Payable
- C.Ex-dividend
- D.Record
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Ex-dividend
Declaration, record, and payment dates are determined by the board of directors (BOD), but FINRA, or the exchange, determines the ex-dividend date.
Someone who purchases shares of a corporation's common stock has
- A.Neither liability nor voting rights
- B.Limited liability and voting rights
- C.No liability and no voting rights
- D.Unlimited liability and voting rights
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Limited liability and voting rights
Common stockholders enjoy limited liability in that they can only lose what was invested. They are in no way responsible for any debt of the corporation. Voting rights are one of the key benefits for common shareholders.
Common shareholders have the right to
- A.No access to a company's books and records
- B.Access a company's books and records with Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) permission
- C.Full access to a company's books and records
- D.Limited access to a company's books and records
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Limited access to a company's books and records
By virtue of owning the company's common stock, shareholders have a limited right to review the company's books and records. For example, they have the right to examine the minutes of meetings of the board of directors (BOD).
Regarding transferability for common shares, which of the following is true?
- A.Shares can be sold without the permission of the corporation but may never be simply given away.
- B.Shares can be sold or given away without the permission of the corporation.
- C.Shares can be sold or given away but only with the permission of the corporation.
- D.Shares can be sold but not given away, unless the permission of the corporation is received first.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Shares can be sold or given away without the permission of the corporation.
Shareholders have the right to sell or give away their shares without permission of the corporation.
Which of the following is an example of an equity security?
- A.Equipment trust certificates
- B.Debentures
- C.Mortgage bonds
- D.Preferred shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Preferred shares
Both common and preferred shares are equity securities. Each of the other choices represents a debt instrument.
All corporations will issue
- A.Common stock
- B.Common and preferred stock
- C.Different classes of common stock
- D.Preferred stock
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Common stock
All corporations will issue common stock, of which there can be only one class, but not all corporations issue preferred stock. Corporations that choose to issue preferred shares can issue more than one class.
A customer has held an account with a broker-dealer for over one year. A registered representative associated with the firm recommends the purchase of an unlisted security trading at $3.50. What documentation, if any, is required prior to the trade?
- A.Both suitability and disclosure statements must be obtained.
- B.A disclosure statement is required, but not a suitability statement.
- C.No documentation is required.
- D.A suitability statement is needed, but not a disclosure statement.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A disclosure statement is required, but not a suitability statement.
Established customers are exempt from the suitability statement requirement but not from the disclosure requirements when penny stocks are being solicited. An established customer is someone who has held an account with the broker-dealer for at least one year (and has made a deposit of funds or securities); or has made at least three penny stock purchases of different issuers on different days.
Before effecting an initial penny stock transaction for a new customer, the registered representative must do all of the following except
- A.Confirm that a margin account has been established
- B.Confirm whether the person is an established customer
- C.Obtain a signed risk disclosure document from the customer
- D.Obtain a signed suitability statement from the customer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Confirm that a margin account has been established
According to penny stock rules, registered representatives must provide disclosure information to all penny stock buyers which customers must sign. In addition, they must determine suitability based on financial information, investor experience, and objectives supplied by the buyer. Investors who are not considered established customers (new customers, as in this case) must sign a suitability statement as well. No rule prohibits penny stock purchases on margin, but there is no requirement that they be done in a margin account either.
Voting rights are a privilege generally afforded to
- A.Preferred shareholders only
- B.Common shareholders only
- C.Neither common nor preferred shareholders
- D.Both common and preferred shareholders
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Common shareholders only
One of the differences between common and preferred shareholders is that preferred shareholders generally have (with few rare exceptions) no voting rights.
In order to receive a declared dividend a shareholder must be an owner of record at the close of business on the
- A.Record date
- B.Ex-dividend date
- C.Payable date
- D.Declaration date
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Record date
Shareholders must be owners of the stock on or before the record date in order to receive the current dividend.
A common stock shareholder's residual right to corporate assets refers to which of the following?
- A.During the dissolution of corporate assets, common shareholders will be paid on par with preferred shareholders from any funds left after debtholders are paid.
- B.During the dissolution of corporate assets, common shareholders will be paid if there are any funds left after debtholders and preferred shareholders are paid.
- C.During the dissolution of corporate assets, common shareholders will be paid on par with debtholders from any funds left after preferred shareholders are paid.
- D.During the dissolution of corporate assets, common shareholders will be paid after senior debtholders but ahead of subordinated debt and preferred holders.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: During the dissolution of corporate assets, common shareholders will be paid if there are any funds left after debtholders and preferred shareholders are paid.
A residual right means: During the dissolution of corporate assets, common shareholders will be paid if there are any funds left after debtholders and preferred shareholders are paid. They stand last in line. They are not paid on par with preferred shareholders, because preferred has priority over common. They are not paid on par with debtholders, because all creditors rank ahead of every equity holder. They are not ahead of subordinated debt either, since even subordinated creditors outrank stockholders.
A shareholder feels strongly about some of the issues to be voted on at the next shareholder meeting but is unable to attend. Which of the following is true?
- A.The holder may sign a stock power.
- B.The shareholder's broker votes it.
- C.The transfer agent votes for them.
- D.The shareholder can vote by proxy.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The shareholder can vote by proxy.
When unable to attend, the shareholder can vote by proxy, authorizing another party to cast the votes, usually by mail or online. A stock power is a form that transfers ownership of shares, not voting authority; a broker may vote uninstructed street-name shares only on routine matters, not as the holder's own vote; and the transfer agent keeps ownership records but does not vote shares.
Common shareholders have the right to receive an audited set of financial statements of the company's performance
- A.Each quarter
- B.Monthly
- C.Biannually
- D.Annually
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Annually
While a company can supply this information as often as they want to shareholders, it is only required that an audited report be received on an annual basis.
By electing a board of directors (BOD), stockholders have
- A.A say in the company's management but are not involved in the day-to-day details of its operations
- B.Neither a say in the company's management nor a say in any of the day-to-day details of its operations
- C.A say in the day-to-day details of its operations but no say in the management selected to carry out those operations
- D.A say in the company's management and all day-to-day details of its business operations
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A say in the company's management but are not involved in the day-to-day details of its operations
By electing a BOD, stockholders have a say in the company's management but are not involved in the day-to-day details of its operations
A penny stock is best described as
- A.An exchange-listed stock valued at less than $5 per share
- B.An unlisted stock valued at less than $5 per share
- C.An unlisted stock valued at less than $2 per share
- D.An unlisted stock valued at less than $1 per share
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An unlisted stock valued at less than $5 per share
A penny stock is an unlisted (not listed on a U.S. stock exchange) security offered at less than $5 per share.
The decision to pay a dividend rests with
- A.The shareholders by a majority vote at the meeting
- B.The chief executive officer (CEO) once cash allows
- C.The board of directors (BOD) but is not guaranteed
- D.The chief financial officer (CFO) once cash allows
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The board of directors (BOD) but is not guaranteed
The decision to pay a dividend rests with the board of directors (BOD) but is not guaranteed; the board may declare, raise, cut, or skip it. Shareholders elect the board but do not vote on dividends, and neither the CEO nor the CFO declares dividends, even when cash allows.
Transactions where the penny stock rules are applicable would be those that
- A.Are either solicited or unsolicited
- B.Are neither solicited nor unsolicited transactions
- C.Are solicited
- D.Are unsolicited
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Are solicited
Unsolicited transactions (those not recommended by the broker-dealer or registered representative) are exempt from the penny stock rules. Solicited transactions are nonexempt, and the rules therefore apply.
Once a dividend is initially declared by the board of directors (BODs), any future dividend payments
- A.Are not guaranteed to be paid, but if they are paid, they must be at least equal to the initial declaration
- B.Carry no guarantee of payment in any amount
- C.Are guaranteed to be paid in at least the same amount as the initial declaration
- D.Are guaranteed to be paid, but no amount is stipulated
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Carry no guarantee of payment in any amount
While the potential to share in the company's profits by receiving dividends is considered one of the benefits of equity ownership, one of the risks is the possibility of dividend income decreasing or ceasing entirely. Dividends are not guaranteed in any way.
Purchasers of common stock may generally look to all of the following risks associated with that investment except
- A.Reduction in dividend payout
- B.Low priority
- C.Market risk
- D.Interest rate risk
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Interest rate risk
Investors in common stock face market risk, in that the market value of the security may fall, and business difficulties may lead to possible reduction or elimination of the dividend—and even bankruptcy leading to loss of principal. If the firm is bankrupted, a company's debt and preferred shares are considered senior securities and will have residual rights to corporate assets upon dissolution prior to common shareholders. Interest rate risk applies to preferred shares, bonds, and other fixed-income securities, but common stock generally bears little risk due to fluctuations in interest rates.
An investor interested in quarterly income should invest in
- A.Investment grade bonds
- B.Zero coupon Treasuries
- C.Utility company stock
- D.Long municipal bonds
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Utility company stock
Utility company stock is the classic quarterly income holding, because operating utilities declare a cash dividend every three months. Investment grade corporate bonds and long municipal bonds both pay their coupon semiannually, so the income arrives twice a year rather than four times. Zero coupon Treasuries make no periodic payment at all; the whole return is collected in one sum at maturity.
All of the following are possible actions of an investor who has received stock rights except
- A.Sell the rights for a short-term capital gain or loss
- B.Hold the rights for a possible long-term capital gain
- C.Exercise the rights to purchase the new stock at a discount
- D.Allow the rights to expire unexercised
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Hold the rights for a possible long-term capital gain
A long-term capital gain would require a holding period of more than one year. Rights expire four–six weeks after issue, so this would not be possible.
How long must customer complaints be kept on file by the broker-dealer?
- A.Two years
- B.Four years
- C.As long as the firm is in business
- D.Three years
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Four years
The rule requires customer complaints to be kept on file for four years.
Securities acquired through some means other than a registered public offering are known as
- A.Convertible
- B.Control
- C.Restricted
- D.Affiliate's stock
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Restricted
Restricted securities are those acquired through some means other than a registered public offering. Securities purchased via a private placement are an example. These securities may not be sold (are restricted) until they have been held fully paid for six months.
A preemptive right for existing shareholders is best described as
- A.The right to purchase shares in an amount that would keep a shareholder's proportionate ownership in the corporation unchanged when a company issues additional shares
- B.The right to buy newly issued shares in any quantity wanted at the prevailing market price before the corporation offers the remaining shares to new outside investors
- C.The right to vote on whether the corporation may increase its authorized shares, so that no holder's voting stake is diluted without the holders' prior formal consent
- D.The right to buy new shares at a fixed price for a period of years, usually tied to bonds or preferred stock, exercisable whenever a shareholder chooses
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The right to purchase shares in an amount that would keep a shareholder's proportionate ownership in the corporation unchanged when a company issues additional shares
A preemptive right is the right to purchase shares in an amount that would keep a shareholder's proportionate ownership in the corporation unchanged when a company issues additional shares. It is limited to a pro rata amount, not any quantity wanted at the prevailing market price; a vote to increase authorized shares is a separate voting right; and a long-dated fixed-price right attached to bonds or preferred describes a warrant.
List the dates associated with dividend payment in their proper order.
- A.Record date, declaration date, ex-dividend date, pay date
- B.Declaration date, ex-dividend date, record date, pay date
- C.Declaration date, pay date, ex-dividend date, record date
- D.Declaration date, record date, ex-dividend date, pay date
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Declaration date, ex-dividend date, record date, pay date
The declaration date is the day the board of directors meets to declare the dividend. The ex-dividend date is the first day that a purchaser of the stock is too late to get the dividend. The record date is the day the shareholder must be on the records of the company to receive the dividend, and the checks are mailed on the pay date.
Mr. Smith purchases 2% of MES Corporation's common stock. Four years later Mrs. Smith purchases 9% for her own account. Which of the following is true?
- A.Only Mr. Smith, as the initial shareholder, would be considered a control person.
- B.Neither Mr. or Mrs. Smith is considered a control person.
- C.Because she owns more shares, only Mrs. Smith is considered a control person.
- D.Both Mr. and Mrs. Smith are considered control persons.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Both Mr. and Mrs. Smith are considered control persons.
If a 10% or more interest is held by immediate family members, then all those family members owning voting stock are control persons. In this instance the combined ownership is more than 10% (2% + 9% = 11%).
Restricted securities may not be sold until they have been held fully paid for
- A.One year
- B.Six months
- C.Two years
- D.One month
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Six months
Restricted securities may not be sold until they have been held fully paid for a period of six months. This applies to both affiliates and nonaffiliates, but affiliates would be subject to volume restrictions.
An investor looking to speculate in penny stocks would be exempt from the suitability statement requirement under which of the following circumstances?
- A.The investor is already exempt from the risk disclosure requirements.
- B.The investor is an established customer.
- C.The investor's account is approved for margin purchases.
- D.The investor has already received the risk disclosure statement.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The investor is an established customer.
Established customers are exempt from the penny stock suitability statement requirement. An established customer is someone who has held an account with the broker-dealer for at least one year (and has made a deposit of funds or securities); or has made three purchases of qualifying penny stocks that occurred on separate days and involved different issuers. No one is exempt from the risk disclosure requirements.
Which of the following sell transactions is not subject to the holding period restriction specified in SEC Rule 144?
- A.Stock acquired by a corporate affiliate in a private placement
- B.Stock acquired in the OTC market by a corporate affiliate
- C.Unregistered stock acquired by a nonaffiliate under an investment letter
- D.Unregistered stock acquired by a corporate affiliate in a stock option program
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Stock acquired in the OTC market by a corporate affiliate
The holding period rule applies only to unregistered stock, which may or may not be control stock. Unregistered stock results from either private placements or the exercise of a corporate stock option. Because this question asked which securities were not subject to the Rule 144 holding period, only stock acquired in the OTC market by a corporate affiliate is the correct answer. However, the affiliated person is subject to volume restrictions.
For registered shares held by an affiliate (known as control stock), which of the following applies?
- A.No holding period or any volume restrictions
- B.No holding period, but volume limits always apply
- C.Six-month holding period, with sales allowed freely thereafter
- D.Six-month holding period, with volume limits thereafter
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: No holding period, but volume limits always apply
Control stock would be registered shares held by an affiliate. There is no holding period, but there will always be volume limits for as long as the individual is an affiliate.
Under penny stock rules, what is required for a broker-dealer to consider an investor an established customer?
- A.Open cash account for six months or more
- B.Signed transaction agreement
- C.At least three separate penny stock purchases
- D.Signed risk disclosure statement
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: At least three separate penny stock purchases
Under penny stock rules, investors are established customers if they have deposited funds or securities in an account for at least one year before the penny stock transaction, or have purchased at least three different penny stocks from the same broker-dealer.
Common dividends may be
- A.Declared, increased, reduced, or suspended by the shareholders
- B.Declared or suspended by the board of directors (BOD), with increases and reductions decided by the shareholders
- C.Declared or increased only by the board of directors (BOD)
- D.Declared, increased, reduced, or suspended by the board of directors (BOD)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Declared, increased, reduced, or suspended by the board of directors (BOD)
Common dividends may be declared, increased, reduced, or suspended at the discretion of the BOD. Shareholders have no vote on these dividend matters.
A certificate issued by a company granting its owner the right to purchase securities from the issuer at some specified price years into the future would best be described as
- A.A proxy
- B.A warrant
- C.A rights certificate
- D.A call option
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A warrant
A rights certificate is a very short-term security that grants the holder the right to buy the common stock of the company at a price lower than the current market price. A warrant is a long-term security that grants its owner the right to purchase securities from the issuer at a specified price that is higher than the current market price at the time the warrants are issued and at some point, in the future. Note that while the exercise price is higher than the current market value when the warrants are issued, it is hoped that the exercise price will be below current market value when the warrants are eventually exercised.
Which of the following statements about rights and warrants is true?
- A.Rights are short term; warrants are long term.
- B.Rights are issued with bonds; warrants aren't.
- C.Rights are issued at a premium; warrants not.
- D.Rights aren't tradable; warrants are tradable.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Rights are short term; warrants are long term.
The true statement is that rights are short term; warrants are long term. Rights usually expire within weeks, while warrants run for years. Warrants, not rights, are the sweeteners issued with new bonds, so the bond claim is reversed. Rights carry a subscription price below market, while warrants are issued with an exercise price above it, so the premium claim is also reversed. Rights are transferable and trade during the offering, so calling them non-tradable is wrong.
MAS Corporation has enjoyed an extremely profitable year. It has been determined that those owning the MAS 4% preferred, participating to 6% preferred shares, will receive the full participating dividend. The participating shareholders will receive an additional dividend of
- A.6%.
- B.4%
- C.2%.
- D.10%
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 2%.
The stated MAS preferred dividend is 4%, participating up to 6%. In this year, when it has been determined that they should receive the full participating dividend, they will receive the additional participating 2%.
All else being equal, which of the following preferred would pay the highest dividend?
- A.Cumulative preferred
- B.Straight preferred
- C.Callable preferred
- D.Participating preferred
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Callable preferred
Callable preferred is a benefit to the issuer—not the investor—so callable has to pay a higher dividend than the others because the other features are neutral or benefit the investor.
A Japanese computer chip manufacturer wants to attract U.S equity investors. Which of the following securities would help the issuer to accomplish this goal?
- A.American depositary receipts
- B.European depositary receipts
- C.Japanese depositary receipts
- D.Global depositary notes
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: American depositary receipts
American depositary receipts let a foreign issuer reach U.S. equity investors: the issuer's shares are deposited with a U.S. bank's foreign branch, which issues receipts that trade and settle in the United States in dollars. European depositary receipts are aimed at European investors, Japanese depositary receipts let foreign companies reach Japanese investors rather than the reverse, and global depositary notes are debt instruments, not equity.
Which statement describes rights and warrants?
- A.Rights are short term; warrants are long term.
- B.Both rights and warrants are long term.
- C.Both rights and warrants are short term.
- D.Rights are long term; warrants are short term.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Rights are short term; warrants are long term.
Stock rights, also known as preemptive rights or subscription rights, are issued to current stockholders in the event more stock is to be sold. This allows them to purchase the new stock at below the current market price for a period of four to six weeks before the stock is offered to the public. Hence, they are short term. Warrants may be issued at any time and allow the holder to purchase the stock at a price above the current market, for a period of typically two years or more. Hence, they are long term. The hope with warrants, of course, is that the market price will rise above the exercise price before the warrant expires.
An investor has just received stock rights in the mail allowing the purchase of 250 shares of a stock offering at a discount. With these rights, the investor may take any of the following actions except
- A.Purchase 125 shares at double the discount
- B.Buy all 250 shares at the offered discount
- C.Sell some rights and let the rest expire
- D.Purchase a few shares; let the rest expire
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Purchase 125 shares at double the discount
Stock rights can be exercised in whole or in part, sold in whole or in part, or allowed to expire, in any combination, so the investor may buy all 250 shares at the offered discount, sell some rights and let the rest expire, or purchase a few shares and let the rest expire. What the investor cannot do is purchase 125 shares at double the discount, because the subscription price is fixed by the offer and cannot be traded for a deeper discount on fewer shares.
Preferred shareholders have
- A.No voting or preemptive rights
- B.Voting rights only
- C.Preemptive rights only
- D.Both voting and preemptive rights
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: No voting or preemptive rights
Preferred shareholders have no voting rights, nor do they have preemptive rights, which is the right to maintain the same percentage ownership in the corporation should additional shares be issued.
What is the primary purpose of an issuer sponsoring an American depositary receipt (ADR)?
- A.These securities are created to facilitate foreign investment in U.S. companies.
- B.These securities are created to provide tax relief for U.S. investors.
- C.These securities are created to attract a U.S. investor base.
- D.These securities permit the issuer to avoid Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) jurisdiction.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: These securities are created to attract a U.S. investor base.
ADRs are a type of equity security designed to simplify foreign investing for Americans. An ADR is created when common shares are purchased in the foreign company's home market. These shares are then deposited in a foreign branch of a U.S. bank and a receipt (the ADR) is created. The ADR trades in the U.S and is denominated in U.S. currency making the process of buying a foreign stock much easier for an American investor. ADRs are subject to U.S. securities regulations.
The potential that inflation will devalue the fixed dividend income payments received by preferred shareholders is known as
- A.Interest-rate risk
- B.Market risk
- C.Purchasing power risk
- D.Decreased dividend risk
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Purchasing power risk
Remember that the fixed dividends received by preferred shareholders are a stated percentage of par value. Purchasing power risk is the possibility that the income produced via the fixed dividend received will not purchase as much in the future for preferred shareholders as it does today due to inflation.
When the board of directors (BOD) declares a dividend,
- A.Owners of preferred shares must be paid before any payment is made to common shareholders
- B.Owners of preferred shares must be paid at least the same amount as any payment made to common shareholders
- C.Owners of preferred shares are paid only after any payment is made to common shareholders
- D.Owners of common shares must be paid at least the same amount as any payment made to preferred shareholders
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Owners of preferred shares must be paid before any payment is made to common shareholders
When the BOD declares dividends, owners of preferred shares must be paid before any payment is made to common shareholders. This is known as the dividend preference allotted to preferred shareholders. There is no relationship between the amounts paid to preferred shareholders and common shareholders.
What is the tax status of a dividend paid to a U.S.-based American depositary receipts (ADR) investor?
- A.These dividends are wholly subject to a United States income tax and nothing more
- B.These dividends face only the foreign withholding tax and no American levy at all
- C.These dividends may be exempt because a single tax treaty credit and offset apply
- D.These dividends may be taxable by the foreign government and by the United States
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: These dividends may be taxable by the foreign government and by the United States
A dividend on the underlying foreign share is usually reduced by a withholding tax imposed in the issuer's home country, and the same dividend is then reportable income here, so two taxing authorities can reach it. The amount withheld abroad is normally claimed as a credit against the U.S. liability, which relieves the double burden without cancelling either government's claim. A treaty may lower the foreign rate, but it does not make the dividend exempt and it does not remove the American tax.
An investor needs to decide whether or not they would like to maintain their percentage of ownership in a company that has decided to increase the number of outstanding shares. Which of the following is the best description of what is taking place?
- A.Warrants will be distributed to existing stockholders and they will have two to five years to decide whether or not to buy the stock at the strike price.
- B.Warrants will be distributed to existing stockholders with an exercise price equal to the current market value.
- C.Rights will be distributed to existing stockholders with an exercise price lower than the current market value.
- D.Rights will be distributed to existing stockholders; they have only two options: exercise the rights or let them expire.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Rights will be distributed to existing stockholders with an exercise price lower than the current market value.
Preemptive rights entitle existing common stockholders to maintain their proportionate ownership shares in a company by buying newly issued shares before the company offers them to the general public. They are offered with an exercise price lower than the current market value and are issued (typically) for a period of four to six weeks (30–45 days). Existing shareholders who receive rights have three options: they may be exercised, sold in the secondary market, or allowed to expire at the end of their subscription.
Which of the following preferred stocks' price would remain most stable in an environment of changing interest rates?
- A.Fully participating preferred stock
- B.Adjustable rate preferred stock
- C.Straight noncumulative preferred stock
- D.Callable cumulative preferred shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Adjustable rate preferred stock
An adjustable rate preferred resets its dividend as market interest rates move, so the payment rather than the price does the adjusting and the shares trade in a narrow range. Fully participating, straight noncumulative and callable cumulative preferreds all carry a dividend fixed in dollars, so the only way the market can reprice them for a new interest rate is by moving the share price itself.
Each of the following is considered a control person under Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 144 except
- A.Corporate officers and directors
- B.Those persons who own 5% or more of the total beneficial interest of a company's common stock
- C.Those persons who own 10% or more of the total beneficial interest of a company's common stock
- D.Another company that owns 10% or more of the company's equity securities
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Those persons who own 5% or more of the total beneficial interest of a company's common stock
Control securities are those owned by directors, officers, or persons (which include corporations, trusts, etc.) who own or control 10% or more of the issuer's equity securities. Those persons who own 5% or more of the total beneficial interest of a company's common stock are not deemed control persons under this rule.
An affiliate has held restricted shares fully paid for six months. In anticipation of the desire to divest the shares, the affiliate should know that
- A.No limit on the number of shares that can be sold will be imposed
- B.While no longer restricted, all sales of these shares must be approved by the issuer's board of directors (BOD)
- C.Any shares sold will be subject to volume restrictions if still an affiliate
- D.The shares are no longer restricted, having been held fully paid for six months
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Any shares sold will be subject to volume restrictions if still an affiliate
Although held fully paid for six months, the sales of these shares would be subject to volume restrictions for as long as this individual is an affiliate. If the individual was not an affiliate, the shares held fully paid for six months could now be sold completely unrestricted.
The primary purpose of American depositary receipts (ADRs) is to facilitate the trading of
- A.U.S. stocks in foreign markets.
- B.Foreign stocks in U.S. markets.
- C.Foreign stocks in both domestic and foreign markets
- D.Domestic stocks in both foreign and domestic markets
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Foreign stocks in U.S. markets.
ADRs facilitate the trading of foreign stocks in U.S. markets.
While preferred shares tend to be less volatile than common shares, one type of preferred is noted as being even more stable in price than the others. This would be
- A.Convertible junior preferred stock
- B.Adjustable rate preferred stock
- C.Cumulative callable preferred stock
- D.Participating senior preferred stock
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Adjustable rate preferred stock
Because the dividend on an adjustable rate preferred is reset to current interest rates, it is the return that fluctuates rather than the price, and the shares stay unusually stable. A convertible junior preferred takes its price cue from the common stock, while cumulative callable and participating senior preferreds pay a stated fixed dividend, so a change in rates has to be absorbed through the market price.
Which of the following best describes the trade execution of American depositary receipts (ADRs)?
- A.Trades are executed domestically in a foreign currency.'
- B.Trades are executed overseas in a foreign currency.
- C.Trades are executed overseas in U.S dollars.
- D.Trades are executed domestically in U.S. dollars.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trades are executed domestically in U.S. dollars.
ADRs are often listed on a securities exchange such as the NYSE or Nasdaq and trade throughout the day. Trades in these securities are dollar denominated. ADRs trade and settle in the same fashion as a traditional U.S.-based common stock.
As interest rates rise, prices of preferred stock will
- A.Rise
- B.Remain unaffected
- C.Fall
- D.Become volatile
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Fall
Because it pays a fixed dividend, preferred stock is interest-rate sensitive. As rates rise, prices of preferred stocks tend to fall and vice versa.
Under the provisions of Rule 144, what percentage of outstanding stock may a control person sell every 90 days?
- A.1%
- B.3%
- C.6%
- D.4%
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 1%
Rule 144 pertaining to the sale of restricted or control stock allows for the sale of 1% of the outstanding shares or the weekly average of the last four weeks' trading volume (whichever is greater), every 90 days.
An affiliate holding unregistered shares can sell under Rule 144
- A.As often as wished
- B.One time a year
- C.Two times a year
- D.Four times a year
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Four times a year
Rule 144 allows an affiliate to sell the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares or the average of the last four weeks' trading volume with each Form 144 filing. The filing is good for 90 days (three months), which would allow for as many as four filings per year.
Rule 144 stipulates that after holding restricted stock fully paid for six months, an affiliate may begin selling shares
- A.Subject to volume restrictions within any 90-day period
- B.Completely unrestricted
- C.Subject to the volume restrictions on any single day
- D.At the discretion of the issuer's board of directors (BOD)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Subject to volume restrictions within any 90-day period
Rule 144 stipulates that after holding restricted stock fully paid for six months, an affiliate may begin selling shares but is subject to volume restrictions within any 90-day period.
Preferred shareholders who expect missed dividend payments to be eventually paid are most likely to own
- A.Callable preferred stock
- B.Convertible preferred stock
- C.Cumulative preferred stock
- D.Straight preferred stock
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Cumulative preferred stock
Cumulative preferred stock accrues payments due its shareholders that have been missed in the event dividends are reduced or suspended.
A preferred shareholder's priority claim on assets is the preferred shareholder's priority standing over
- A.Shareholders and lenders
- B.Common shareholders only
- C.Unsecured creditors only
- D.Unsecured lenders only
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Common shareholders only
A preferred shareholder's priority standing is over common shareholders only. Every creditor ranks ahead of preferred stock in a liquidation, so the answer cannot include lenders: unsecured creditors and unsecured lenders, though junior to secured debt, are still paid before any shareholder, and an answer naming shareholders and lenders wrongly puts preferred stock ahead of debt.
An investor owns 4% preferred stock participating to 6%. This means the investor
- A.Could receive an additional 2% beyond its 6% stated rate when the board declares it
- B.Could receive an additional 6% beyond its 4% stated rate when the board declares it
- C.Could receive an extra 2% in arrears for any prior year the board skipped it
- D.Could receive an additional 2% over the stated 4% dividend if the board declares it
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Could receive an additional 2% over the stated 4% dividend if the board declares it
Preferred stock paying 4% and participating to 6% means the holder could receive an additional 2% over the stated 4% dividend if the board declares it. The stated rate is 4%, not 6%, so an extra 2% beyond 6% overstates the cap. An extra 6% confuses the 6% ceiling with the add-on. Arrears belong to cumulative preferred, not to the participating feature.
When shareholders owning participating preferred shares receive the additional participating amount, this was determined by
- A.A vote of the common holders
- B.A vote of preferred holders
- C.The issuer's CEO and its CFO
- D.The board of directors (BOD)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The board of directors (BOD)
The additional participating amount paid to participating preferred shareholders is declared by the board of directors (BOD), just as any dividend is. Neither a vote of the common holders nor a vote of preferred holders decides it, and the issuer's CEO and its CFO manage the company but cannot declare dividends.
For those owning preferred classes of stocks, priority of asset dissolution refers to
- A.The order in which preferred shareholders receive dividend payments when declared
- B.The order in which preferred shareholders are paid in the event of a bankruptcy liquidation
- C.The order in which preferred shareholders receive dividend payments and the order in which preferred shareholders are paid in the event of a bankruptcy liquidation
- D.The order in which the board of directors (BOD) declares dividend payments
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The order in which preferred shareholders are paid in the event of a bankruptcy liquidation
Priority at dissolution refers to the priority that preferred stockholders have over the claims of common stockholders on any assets remaining after creditors have been paid when assets are being liquidated.
Which of the following features of preferred stock allows the holder to reduce the risk of inflation?
- A.Noncumulative
- B.Cumulative
- C.Callable
- D.Convertible
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Convertible
Fixed-dollar investments, such as bonds and preferred stock, are subject to inflation risk, which is the risk that the fixed interest or dividend payments will be worth less over time in terms of purchasing power. The ability to convert to common stock, which tends to keep pace with inflation, offsets this risk.
A convertible feature for preferred shares allows the owner to exchange the shares
- A.For as many bonds as the issuer is willing to issue at that point in time
- B.For the preferred shares of another issuer
- C.For a fixed number of shares of the issuing corporation's common stock
- D.For a fixed number of bonds issued by the corporation
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: For a fixed number of shares of the issuing corporation's common stock
The conversion feature for preferred shares has fixed terms allowing the owner to convert the shares (exchange them) for a specified number of the same issuers common shares.
Mr. Smith bought an American depositary receipt (ADR) in a French company at $13.03 and recently sold the shares for $24.88. How would this trading profit be taxed?
- A.The profit is taxed by France at the ordinary rate set for its residents
- B.The profit is taxed as an ordinary income item in the United States only
- C.The profit is taxed by France and then set against the American tax bill
- D.The profit is taxed as a capital gain payable to the United States alone
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The profit is taxed as a capital gain payable to the United States alone
Buying an ADR at one price and selling it higher produces a capital gain, and a capital gain on an ADR is taxable only in the United States; the issuer's home country does not reach the trading profit. Ordinary income treatment is wrong because the security was bought and sold rather than held for a payment. Foreign withholding and the credit that offsets it belong to dividends paid on an ADR, not to the gain realized on the sale.
Which of the following securities is the underlying asset used to create an American depositary receipt (ADR)?
- A.Preferred shares
- B.Bonds
- C.Common shares
- D.Warrants
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Common shares
Which of the following securities is the underlying asset used to create an American depositary receipt (ADR)?
A customer owns cumulative preferred stock (par value of $100) that pays an 8% dividend. The dividend has not been paid this year and was missed in the two previous years. If the company wants to pay a dividend to common shareholders, how much must the company pay this customer per share first?
- A.$16
- B.$0
- C.$24
- D.$8
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $24
If the company is going to pay a common stock dividend, it must pay the preferred dividends first, including all dividends in arrears (missed). There are $16 due in back dividends for the two years missed, in addition to $8 this year, for a total of $24.
A shareholder owns preferred shares that allow for the possibility of receiving more than the stated dividend. This type of preferred share would be known as
- A.Callable preferred stock
- B.Participating
- C.Convertible
- D.Adjustable
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Participating
In addition to the fixed stated dividend, participating preferred stock offers its owners the possibility of receiving a share of corporate profits that remain after all dividends and interest due other securities are paid.
LMN Corporation has a $60 par, 4% preferred stock currently trading at $45 per share. Its annual dividend is
- A.$24.00.
- B.$1.80.
- C.$2.40.
- D.$4.00.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $2.40.
For preferred shares, the annual dividend is stated as a percentage of par. In this case, 4% of par value of $60 equals $2.40.
Which of the following statements is correct concerning currency risk when investing in an American depositary receipt (ADR)?
- A.Currency risk is eliminated because the securities are dollar denominated.
- B.Currency risk is still a factor when purchasing an ADR.
- C.U.S. investors are protected from currency risk by the depositary bank.
- D.U.S. investors are protected from currency risk by the underlying foreign corporation.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Currency risk is still a factor when purchasing an ADR.
ADRs are issued and pay dividends in U.S. dollars eliminating the complications of currency conversion. However, ADRs are still subject to currency risk. Why? The company pays dividends in its home currency, and the issuing bank pays out those dividends in U.S. dollars. When the exchange rate changes, the amount these dividends (in U.S. dollar terms) will fluctuate as well. Also, the value of the ADR itself will rise and fall with the value of the underlying foreign stock which is partially due to currency swings.
The rate on an adjustable preferred stock would most likely be indexed to
- A.The Treasury bill (T-bill) rate
- B.The Consumer Price Index (CPI)
- C.The Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA)
- D.The Producer Price Index (PPI)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Treasury bill (T-bill) rate
The dividend on an adjustable-rate preferred stock is tied to a particular benchmark interest rate, and the Treasury bill rate is a common benchmark. The CPI, the PPI, and the DJIA are not interest rates.
Preferred shares have
- A.Characteristics of both equity and debt securities
- B.Only the characteristics matching those of equity securities
- C.Characteristics of neither equity nor debt securities
- D.Only the characteristics matching those of debt securities
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Characteristics of both equity and debt securities
Preferred shares are equity securities, but not only do they have the characteristics of equity securities, they share some of the characteristics of debt securities as well. The most notable characteristic is that a preferred stock's annual dividend represents its fixed rate of return, like the fixed rate of return for a bond (debt security).
MMS Corporation has 7% callable preferred shares outstanding. Over the past few years, benchmark interest rates have declined and hovered close to 3%. Which of the following is true?
- A.The 7% rate will likely be cut to 3%.
- B.The 7% shares are likely to be called.
- C.The 7% shares will likely be put back.
- D.The 7% rate will likely float near 3%.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The 7% shares are likely to be called.
With benchmark rates near 3%, the 7% shares are likely to be called, because the issuer can retire the costly 7% issue and refinance with preferred paying a lower rate. A fixed-rate preferred dividend cannot simply be cut to 3%; the issuer's remedy is the call. Only adjustable-rate preferred floats with benchmark rates, and these shares pay a fixed 7%. Holders would not put back a security paying well above market, and nothing says these shares carry a put.
MJS Corporation has called in its 6% preferred shares. Owners of these shares should expect that
- A.The shares will continue to trade in the open market
- B.Dividend payments will cease on the call date
- C.Dividend payments will continue until the owner chooses to turn in the shares
- D.The shares will be resold to new investors
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Dividend payments will cease on the call date
When a corporation calls in preferred shares, the shares stop trading and dividend payments cease on the call date.
Different categories of preferred shares offered by an issuer
- A.All must have preference over the issuer's common stock
- B.All must rank at parity with the issuer's other series
- C.All must include the same cumulative dividend provision
- D.All must bear the same $100 liquidation value per share
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: All must have preference over the issuer's common stock
Whatever their differences, all must have preference over the issuer's common stock for dividends and for assets in a liquidation. Series need not rank at parity with the issuer's other series, since senior and junior preferred are common; cumulative features vary by series; and par or liquidation values such as $25 and $100 differ from series to series.
A preferred stock dividend is stated as a percentage of
- A.Current market value
- B.The 52-week average share price
- C.Par value
- D.The company’s net worth
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Par value
A preferred stock dividend is stated as a percentage of its par value, which is assumed as $100 for preferred shares, unless it has been stated differently.
Shelby Bogden, your client, purchased a 6% corporate bond with a current yield of 5%. The bond was purchased at
- A.Par
- B.A premium
- C.Below par
- D.A discount
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A premium
A bond purchased at a premium will have a current yield below the coupon rate.
Which of the following would be included in a mutual fund's list of expenses? I: Shareholder records and service II: Investment advisor's fee III: Broker-dealer sales charges IV: Underwriter's sales loads
- A.I and II
- B.III and IV
- C.I and IV
- D.II and III
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: I and II
Costs to maintain shareholder records, costs to provide services to shareholders, and the investment adviser's fees are all expenses to the fund. The costs paid in the form of sales charges (loads) to an underwriter or broker-dealers selling mutual funds to the public may never be treated as an expense to the fund. They are expenses to the investor.
Which of the following is a characteristic shared by both corporate debentures and income bonds
- A.Neither pay interest.
- B.Both must pay principal as it comes due.
- C.Both are a type of mortgage bond.
- D.Both are secured by assets of the corporation.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Both must pay principal as it comes due.
All bonds must pay principal when due. Income bonds, however, are not required to pay interest when due unless the earnings of the issuer are deemed to be sufficient and the board of directors (BOD) declares that interest payments be made.
Regarding investment products, which of the following is true?
- A.Convertible bonds represent ownership in an issuing company.
- B.Long call options represent ownership in an issuing company.
- C.Attached warrants represent ownership in an issuing company.
- D.Equity securities represent ownership in an issuing company.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Equity securities represent ownership in an issuing company.
Equity securities represent ownership in an issuing company. Convertible bonds are debt until the holder actually converts them into stock, long call options are derivatives that give only the right to buy shares, and attached warrants likewise give only a right to buy stock later, so none of these three represents ownership until shares are acquired.
Common shareholders wanting to vote on issues at a shareholder meeting can do so in all of the following ways except
- A.By proxy card mailed and returned by letter
- B.By a proxy form filled and submitted online
- C.By telephone call or by mobile text message
- D.By attending and voting at the meeting hall
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: By telephone call or by mobile text message
A common shareholder may vote by appearing at the meeting and voting the shares in person, or may vote in absentia by returning a proxy. The proxy itself can reach the company on paper through the mail or electronically through an online submission, and either delivery produces a valid vote. What the shareholder cannot do is substitute an informal message for the proxy, so placing a telephone call or sending a text message in place of the proxy is not one of the ways the vote may be cast.
An individual owning shares of a corporation's common stock would have all of the following rights except
- A.To inspect the books
- B.To sell their shares
- C.To vote their shares
- D.To declare dividends
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: To declare dividends
Common shareholders do not have the right to declare dividends; that is a decision of the board of directors (BOD). Shareholders do have the right to inspect the books and records, to sell their shares freely, and to vote their shares, in person or by proxy, for directors and major corporate matters.
A company's business operations are overseen by
- A.Corporate officers who are elected by shareholders
- B.Corporate officers who are selected by bondholders
- C.A board of trustees elected by preferred holders
- D.A board of directors (BOD) elected by shareholders
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A board of directors (BOD) elected by shareholders
A company's business operations are overseen by a board of directors (BOD) elected by shareholders. Corporate officers run day-to-day operations but are appointed by the board, not elected by shareholders or selected by bondholders, who are creditors with no vote. A board of trustees elected by preferred holders describes no standard corporate structure; preferred stock usually carries no voting rights.
When a company wants to issue additional shares of stock, the preemptive right given to existing shareholders allows those shareholders to
- A.Maintain their proportionate ownership in the corporation
- B.Pass on their proportionate ownership in the corporation to an heir
- C.Increase their proportionate ownership in the corporation
- D.Decrease their proportionate ownership in the corporation
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Maintain their proportionate ownership in the corporation
In the event a corporation wants to issue additional shares of stock, the preemptive right given to existing shareholders allows the shareholders to maintain their proportionate ownership in the corporation by purchasing shares before the shares are available to new investors.
A share of stock in the hands of a stockholder represents
- A.No entitlement to receive profits through dividends when distributed but the right to vote for who will serve on the board of directors (BOD)
- B.Entitlement to receive profits through dividends when distributed and the right to vote for who will serve on the board of directors (BOD)
- C.Neither the entitlement to receive profits through dividends when distributed nor the right to vote for who will serve on the board of directors (BOD)
- D.Entitlement to receive profits through dividends when distributed but not the right to vote for who will serve on the board of directors (BOD)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Entitlement to receive profits through dividends when distributed and the right to vote for who will serve on the board of directors (BOD)
Each share of stock entitles its owner to a portion of the company's earnings through dividends when distributed and a proportionate vote in major management decisions such as electing individuals to the BOD.
Regarding the rights of a common stockholder, each of the following is true except
- A.Stockholders have a limited right to examine the minutes of meetings held by the board of directors
- B.Stockholders may never be part of the management of the company
- C.Stockholders can vote for those who will serve on the board of directors
- D.Stockholders have the right to receive audited financial statements annually
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Stockholders may never be part of the management of the company
While stockholders have a voice in how the company is run, that voice is exercised through their vote for those who serve on the board of directors. Essentially, by electing a board of directors, stockholders have a say in the company's management but are not involved in the day-to-day details of its operations. However, there is no prohibition preventing a manager or director from owning stock in the company; their position is not directly related to their ownership of company stock.
A corporation is issuing a bond with an interest rate below that which is commonly being offered for this type of bond. To improve the bond's marketability without reducing the capital to be obtained, which of the following actions might the corporation take?
- A.Offer a warrant on the stock with each bond
- B.Offer the bond at a discount
- C.Offer a stock dividend to the current shareholders
- D.Conduct a rights offering for potential bond buyers
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Offer a warrant on the stock with each bond
Warrants are sometimes offered as sweeteners attached to bond issues to improve the marketability of bond. Rights offerings and stock dividends do not apply in this case, and selling the bonds at a discount would be self-defeating because the issuer wouldn't be able to raise the needed capital.
A corporation with 1 million shares of stock outstanding wishes to sell another 250,000 shares. When management conducts a rights offering, a shareholder owning 100 shares will be given stock rights to purchase how many additional shares?
- A.125 shares
- B.25 shares
- C.250 shares
- D.100 shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 25 shares
Stock rights (also known as preemptive rights or subscription rights) give current shareholders the ability to preemptively purchase enough shares to maintain their proportionate ownership of the corporation. This prevents their dividend and voting power from being diluted. The shares outstanding in this case will go from 1,000,000 to 1,250,000. This investor must thus go from owning 100 shares out of 1,000,000 to 125 shares out of 1,250,000. This would require that the investor be able to purchase an additional 25 shares.
Callable preferred stock is advantageous to the issuing company because it allows the company to
- A.Replace a higher, fixed-rate issue with a lower issue after the call date
- B.Take advantage of higher interest rates
- C.Issue fixed-rate securities at a yield lower than usual
- D.Call in the stock at less than par value and capture the difference as income
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Replace a higher, fixed-rate issue with a lower issue after the call date
By issuing a callable preferred stock, a corporation can call in a high dividend payment issue and replace it with a lower one when interest rates have fallen. This feature allows the company to take advantage of reduced interest rates by calling in high-rate preferred issues and replacing them with lower ones.
If a preferred shareholder received a $3.50 annual dividend each year, it could be assumed that
- A.These shares are trading at $35.00
- B.This is a 3.5% preferred class
- C.The common shareholders receive the same $3.50 annual dividend
- D.The shares had increased by 3.5% each year
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: This is a 3.5% preferred class
An annual dividend of $3.50 simply tells you that this is a 3.5% preferred class of stock (par ($100) $3.50) or ($3.50 par ($100) ). The current market value is not used to calculate the fixed dividend, nor does this dividend amount tell us what common shareholders received.
What is the primary benefit for an American investor when purchasing an American depositary receipt (ADR)?
- A.Exemption from U.S. taxation
- B.Hedging currency risk
- C.Diversification
- D.Tax-deferred dividends
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Diversification
ADRs are a type of equity security designed to simplify foreign investing for Americans. ADRs provide Americans with an easy way to invest in foreign companies that might otherwise be difficult or impossible to own. This overseas exposure provides investors with additional diversification within their portfolio.
An investor owns 3% preferred stock participating to 6%. This means the investor
- A.Must receive a total of 9% in any year the board declares the 6% participating be paid
- B.Could receive an additional 3% over the stated 3% dividend if the board declares it
- C.Must receive at least 6% each year
- D.Could receive an additional 6% over the stated 3% dividend
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Could receive an additional 3% over the stated 3% dividend if the board declares it
If a preferred stock is described as 3% preferred participating to 6%, the company pays its holders up to 3% in additional dividends in profitable years if the board of directors declares it.
DEF Corporation has 4% noncumulative preferred stock outstanding. The company eliminated its dividend payments for the past three years but now is in a position to resume paying them again. Before paying common shareholders a dividend, the company would be required to pay the preferred shareholders
- A.Nothing
- B.$1.00.
- C.$2.50.
- D.$4.00.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $4.00.
With noncumulative preferred stock, missed or skipped dividends need not be paid or made up. However, in order to pay common shareholders in any year, preferred shareholders must receive their full dividend for that year. While it can be paid in one annual payment, quarterly, or however the board approves it to be paid, the total in this case would be $4.00. $100 par value $4.00.
Which of the following securities provides U.S. investors with a way to gain exposure to the common stock of a foreign issuer?
- A.ADR
- B.GDR
- C.EDR
- D.CDR
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: ADR
An ADR, or American depositary receipt, gives U.S. investors exposure to a foreign issuer's common stock, trading in the United States in dollars. A GDR is a global depositary receipt offered mainly in markets outside the United States, an EDR is a European depositary receipt aimed at European investors, and a CDR is a Canadian depositary receipt for Canadian investors.
Which of the following preferred stocks allows the issuer to pay the shareholders par and cease dividend payments following a stated period?
- A.Adjustable
- B.Callable
- C.Puttable
- D.Redeemable
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Callable
The issuer can pay off callable preferred at any time after the call protection period, and dividends will cease.
CDT Corporation has issued 4.5% callable preferred shares. If these shares are ever called in, stockholders should expect that the shares would be called in at
- A.Current market value
- B.Par value
- C.Par value or lower
- D.Par value or higher
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Par value or higher
In return for the call privilege, the corporation may pay a premium exceeding the stock's par value at the time of the call. It's reasonable that a shareholder would expect to receive at least par value or higher in the event of a call.
Regarding preferred stock, all of the following are true except
- A.The right to vote on corporate issues is not available for preferred shareholders
- B.Preferred shareholders are paid before common shareholders in the event of a corporate bankruptcy
- C.Preferred shareholders have no preemptive rights that precede the preemptive rights of common shareholders
- D.A corporation issuing common shares must issue at least one class of preferred shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A corporation issuing common shares must issue at least one class of preferred shares
No corporation is required to issue any class of preferred stock. Preferred shareholders have no voting rights or preemptive rights but are paid before common shareholders in the event of a corporate dissolution.
Which of the following preferred issues is most likely to fluctuate in line with the issuer's common shares?
- A.Callable preferred stock.
- B.Participating.
- C.Adjustable rate
- D.Convertible
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Convertible
Convertible preferred shares can be converted into shares of the issuer's common stock. In this light, the value of a convertible preferred stock is linked to the value of the common stock and the convertible preferred share price tends to fluctuate in line with the common.
A corporation that has issued cumulative preferred stock
- A.Pays the preferred dividend before paying the interest payments due on its outstanding bonds
- B.Pays past and current preferred dividends before paying dividends on common stock
- C.Pays only current dividends with no liability for missed or past-due dividends
- D.Pays only the current dividends on the preferred, before paying a dividend on the common and then pays any past-due dividends
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Pays past and current preferred dividends before paying dividends on common stock
Dividends in arrears (those missed) on cumulative preferred have the highest priority of dividends to be paid. Current and unpaid past dividends on cumulative preferred stock must be paid before common stockholders can receive a dividend. Bond interest, however, is always paid before any dividends, preferred or common.
Which of the following statements is correct concerning the pricing of American depositary receipts (ADRs)?
- A.ADRs are priced in foreign currency.
- B.ADR pricing is dollar-based using an end of day net asset value (NAV).
- C.ADR pricing is dollar-based and fluctuates throughout the day.
- D.ADR pricing is dollar-based using an end of day public offering price (POP).
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: ADR pricing is dollar-based and fluctuates throughout the day.
Many ADRs are listed on exchanges such as the NYSE or Nasdaq. ADRs trade throughout the day and settle in the same manner as would the shares of a U.S.-based company. ADRs are priced in U.S. dollars.
An investor would expect which type of preferred stock to pay the highest stated dividend rate?
- A.Straight
- B.Callable
- C.Cumulative preferred stock.
- D.Convertible
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Callable
With callable preferred stock, to compensate for the possibility that the shares may be called, the issuer pays a higher dividend than with straight preferred. Cumulative and convertible preferred have positive characteristics that would justify a lower fixed dividend than straight.
The growth potential in the price of preferred shares is generally considered to be
- A.Less than that of the issuer's common shares
- B.Greater than that of the issuer's common shares
- C.Unrelated to the financial well-being of the issuer
- D.No different than that of the issuer's common shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Less than that of the issuer's common shares
While the growth potential of both common and preferred shares can be tied to a company's financial well-being, preferred share growth is generally less than that of the common shares. The trade-off is that the preferred shares have preference with dividends received, enjoy a fixed rate of return via those dividends, and have a priority claim over common shareholders in the event of bankruptcy and the dissolution of assets.
Interest-rate sensitivity for preferred shareholders should be understood to mean that
- A.When interest rates rise, so do the prices of preferred shares
- B.When interest rates rise, the prices for preferred shares can fall
- C.Preferred share prices are not impacted by (insensitive to) changes in interest rates
- D.When interest rates fall, so do the prices of preferred shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: When interest rates rise, the prices for preferred shares can fall
Preferred shares, like debt securities, are sensitive to and have an inverse relationship to interest rates. Rates up, prices down. Rates down, prices up.
Past-due dividends on cumulative preferred shares
- A.Lapse at year-end unless the board pays them
- B.Become a debt the company owes like interest
- C.Expire unless the board pays them that year
- D.Accumulate on the company's books until paid
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Accumulate on the company's books until paid
Past-due dividends on cumulative preferred shares accumulate on the company's books until paid, and all arrears must be paid before common holders receive anything. Lapsing at year-end or expiring unless paid that year describes noncumulative preferred, and arrears are not a legal debt like bond interest, since the board is never obligated to declare them.
During times when interest rates are rising, which of the following preferred are likely to pay a higher annual dividend?
- A.Callable preferred stock
- B.Convertible preferred stock
- C.Participating preferred stock
- D.Adjustable preferred stock
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Adjustable preferred stock
The dividend on an adjustable preferred is pegged to a benchmark such as a Treasury yield and is reset periodically, so a rising rate environment feeds straight into a higher annual payment. The other features do not respond to rates that way. A callable preferred pays a fixed dividend and is most likely to be called away when rates fall, which works against the holder rather than for him. A convertible preferred pays a fixed dividend and takes its extra value from the common stock behind it. A participating preferred pays more only when company earnings are strong enough to share.
An investor owns a bond carrying a 4% coupon. Interest rates in the marketplace have been moving downward and are currently at 2.5%. Given the current interest rates in the marketplace, this investor should see
- A.The price of the bond move higher
- B.The price of the bond be unchanged
- C.The coupon of the bond adjusted downward
- D.The price of the bond move lower
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The price of the bond move higher
Prices of bonds trading in the secondary market have an inverse relationship to interest rates. As interest rates rise in the marketplace, the prices of bonds trading in the secondary market will fall, and as interest rates fall in the marketplace, the prices of bonds trading in the secondary market will rise. Once the coupon rate is established by the issuer, it remains unchanged throughout the life of the bond.
When selling a bond, the issuer is taking
- A.A borrower's position
- B.A loaners position
- C.An equity position
- D.A creditors position
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A borrower's position
Issuers of bonds are borrowing money from the purchaser of the bond.
Assuming $1,000 par value, a bond priced at $1,200 is trading at
- A.At parity
- B.Below par
- C.A premium
- D.A markup
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A premium
A bond priced at $1,200 against $1,000 par is trading above par, which is called trading at a premium. Below par describes a discount bond, the reverse of this case. At parity is a convertible-bond term for a bond worth exactly its conversion value, and a markup is the dealer's charge over its cost, not the bond's position against par.
An investor holds a 4% bond, callable in 8 years, and maturing in 12 years. The bond's current yield (CY) measures its annual coupon payment relative to
- A.Its value at maturity
- B.Its value when callable
- C.Par value
- D.Its market price
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Its market price
The CY measures a bond's annual coupon payment (interest) relative to its market price, as shown in the following equation: .
An investor purchases a bond at $900 with a 5% coupon and a 5-year maturity. The bond has a current yield of
- A.7.8%.
- B.4.5%.
- C.7.4%.
- D.5.6%.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 5.6%.
Current yield is determined by dividing annual interest (coupon) payment by the current market price of the bond ($50 $900 ). Years to maturity is not a factor in calculating current yield.
Which of the following would all be considered the same regarding yields on debt instruments?
- A.Stated, nominal, and yield to maturity
- B.Nominal, yield to call, and yield to maturity
- C.Nominal, coupon, and yield to call
- D.Stated, nominal, and coupon yields
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Stated, nominal, and coupon yields
The interest rate the issuer has agreed to pay the investor is the coupon yield. The coupon yield is also called the stated or nominal yield.
All of the following are taxable to the investor except
- A.Capital gains distributions
- B.Cash dividends
- C.Stock dividends
- D.Semiannual interest payments
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Stock dividends
A stock dividend is payment of additional shares of the issuer to the stockholder rather than payment of cash. The price of the stock is adjusted so that the total value of the outstanding stock is the same before and after the dividend is paid. Stock dividends are thus not taxable.
Current yield equals
- A.The annual income divided by the market price
- B.The stated rate divided by the par value
- C.The market priced divided by the annual income
- D.The par value divided by the stated rate
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The annual income divided by the market price
Current yield equals the coupon rate (annual income) divided by the current market price. This is a very common formula on the test.
Benjamin Jackson bought 100 shares of XYZ two years ago at $10 per share. The stock paid a $0.50 dividend each year and he sold the stock for $11. What percent was his total return?
- A.20%
- B.15%
- C.10%
- D.5%
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 20%
The formula for total return is dividends plus capital gains divided by amount invested.
An investor purchased an MJS Corporation 6% 20-year bond at issue for $950. Two years later, the investor sold the bond for $925. This investor experienced
- A.A $95 nominal gain
- B.A $25 capital loss
- C.A $75 capital loss
- D.A $75 nominal loss
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A $25 capital loss
The investor paid $950 and sold for $925, so the result is a $25 capital loss. Measuring from the $1,000 par value gives a mistaken $75 figure, whether labeled a capital loss or a nominal loss; netting the coupons against the price drop gives total return, not a $95 nominal gain.
Betsy Bingham asks you what her current yield will be if she buys a 6% corporate bond at $1,200. The answer is
- A.5%.
- B.6%.
- C.3%.
- D.2%.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 5%.
The formula for current yield is the stated rate (coupon rate) divided by the current market price. $60 $1,200 .
Your client, Soren Aland, buys a 4% XYZ corporate bond. If his current yield is 5%, he bought the bond at
- A.At a premium above par value
- B.At par plus the interest due
- C.At its own par value exactly
- D.At a discount from par value
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: At a discount from par value
Current yield is the annual coupon divided by the price paid, so the price is what moves the yield away from the coupon rate. A four percent coupon throwing off a five percent current yield means the buyer paid less than par for that stream of interest, and a price below par is a discount. A price above par would push the current yield below the four percent coupon, so a premium gives the opposite result. A bond bought at par yields exactly its coupon rate, and the accrued interest added at settlement is a separate adjustment that does not change that relationship.
When interest rates in the marketplace move up, what happens to the coupon rate on existing bond?
- A.The coupon rate moves in the opposite direction.
- B.Nothing; it does not change.
- C.The coupon rate moves in the same direction.
- D.The movement depends on the duration of the bond.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Nothing; it does not change.
The coupon rate (the fixed rate, the nominal rate, the stated rate) is fixed when the bond is issued and does not change.
A bond that is structured so that the principal of the whole issue matures at once is
- A.A balloon bond
- B.A term bond
- C.A series bond
- D.A serial bond
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A term bond
With a term bond, the entire offer matures at the same time. A serial bond has portions maturing over a period of years. A balloon is a hybrid of a term and a serial maturity. Series is not a type of bond maturity.
If a bond is trading at a premium, rank the following rates from low to high.
- A.Nominal yield, yield to maturity, current yield, coupon rate
- B.Yield to call, current yield, nominal yield, coupon rate
- C.Yield to call, yield to maturity, current yield, nominal yield
- D.Coupon rate, current yield, yield to maturity, yield to call
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Yield to call, yield to maturity, current yield, nominal yield
The order from low to high is yield to call, yield to maturity, current yield, nominal yield.
Which of the following statements regarding bond interest is true?
- A.Bond prices have an inverse relationship to interest rates.
- B.Bond coupons on old issues reset as interest rates fall.
- C.Bond yields move opposite to the direction of market rates.
- D.Bond face values move in step with prevailing market rates.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Bond prices have an inverse relationship to interest rates.
Bond prices have an inverse relationship to interest rates: when rates rise, outstanding bond prices fall, and when rates fall, prices rise. Coupons on existing fixed-rate issues do not reset. Bond yields move in the same direction as market rates, not opposite to them. Face value, or par, is fixed for the life of the bond and does not move in step with prevailing market rates.
Bonds can typically be issued with
- A.Term, series, or balloon maturities
- B.Term, serial, or balloon maturities
- C.Term or balloon maturities only
- D.Term or series maturities only
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Term, serial, or balloon maturities
The three types of maturities that bonds can typically be issued with are term, serial, or balloon maturities. Note that there is no series maturity type.
Which of the following statements is most accurate about feature benefits?
- A.The put feature benefits both the issuer and investor.
- B.The put feature benefits the issuer; the call feature benefits the investor.
- C.The call feature benefits the issuer; the put feature benefits the investor.
- D.The call feature benefits both the issuer and investor.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The call feature benefits the issuer; the put feature benefits the investor.
The call feature allows the issuer to call in old bonds at a high rate of interest and then issue new bonds at a lower rate, similar to refinancing a high interest rate loan. The put feature allows the investor to sell the bond back to the issuer at par when the bond market value has declined, thus avoiding a loss.
The market forces that typically drive the price of a bond trading in the secondary market would include all of the following except
- A.The price of the issuer's stock
- B.Supply or availability of the bond
- C.Interest rates
- D.Investors' demand for the bond
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The price of the issuer's stock
Bond prices can be impacted by the usual market forces that impact securities in general, such as supply and demand. Additionally bond prices, they have an inverse relationship to interest rates.
At the time of maturity, an investor realizes that the overall return on the investment was actually greater than the coupon rate stated on the bond when purchased. This most likely would have occurred because the bond had initially been purchased
- A.At a discount
- B.As a callable bond
- C.At a premium
- D.At par
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: At a discount
Bonds are redeemed at par. When a bond is purchased at a discount (less than will be received at the time the bond matures), that discounted amount will increase the overall return of the bond, making it greater than the coupon rate. If the discount bond is called before it matures, the increased return due to the discount purchase would still occur but would now be accelerated.
The time to maturity for debt instruments
- A.Can be any length of time
- B.Can never be longer than 30 years
- C.Must always be between 5 and 30 years
- D.Can never be shorter than 5 years
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Can be any length of time
While 5- to 30-year maturities are common, the length of time to maturity can be shorter or longer.
A bond has been structured so that the principal of the entire issue matures on a single date. This is what type of bond?
- A.Balloon
- B.Serial
- C.Term
- D.Single maturity
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Term
Term bonds are structured so that the principal of the entire issue is all payable on the same date—the maturity date.
Which of the following would be least likely to directly impact a bonds yield?
- A.The number of bonds issued
- B.The years left to maturity
- C.The level of current rates
- D.The rating of the borrower
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The number of bonds issued
Yield expresses the interest a bond pays in relation to what it costs, so anything that moves the price or the perceived risk moves the yield. Prevailing rates set the return available on competing bonds and reprice every existing bond against them. The issuer's rating measures default risk, and weaker credit has to pay more. Time left to maturity pulls the price toward par as redemption approaches. How many bonds the issuer chose to sell reflects how much capital it needed on the day of the offering, and that decision does not itself set the return the bond pays.
A certificate stating a borrower's obligation to pay back a specific amount of money on a specific date to an investor is
- A.An ownership certification
- B.A bond
- C.A stock certificate
- D.A bond or stock power
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A bond
A bond is best described as a certificate stating a borrower's obligation to pay back a specific amount of money on a specific date to an investor. A bond certificate also states the borrower's obligation to pay the investor a specific rate of interest for the use of the funds.
The coupon rate on a debt security represents
- A.The annual interest paid divided by the bond's market price
- B.The rate of return earned if one holds the bond to maturity
- C.The market yield investors now demand on a similar bond
- D.The interest rate the issuer has agreed to pay the investor
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The interest rate the issuer has agreed to pay the investor
The coupon rate, or nominal yield, is the interest rate the issuer has agreed to pay the investor, fixed when the bond is issued. Annual interest divided by market price is current yield. The rate of return earned if one holds the bond to maturity is yield to maturity. The market yield investors now demand on a similar bond changes daily and does not alter the coupon.
Bonds can be issued with additional features attached, making them more attractive to investors. All of the following can be considered such features except
- A.Puttable
- B.Callable
- C.Convertible
- D.Maturity
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Maturity
The features most commonly attached to a bond issue would be having the bond be callable, puttable ( a bond with a put feature), or convertible. Each of these features in its own way might make the issue more attractive to an investor. All bonds have a stated maturity, and as such, this would not be considered an additional feature.
For a callable bond priced at a discount,
- A.Yield to maturity will be equal to this call yield
- B.Yield to call will be lower than the coupon return
- C.Yield to maturity will be less than the call yield
- D.Yield to call will be lower than the current yield
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Yield to maturity will be less than the call yield
A bond bought below par returns the discount to the holder along with the coupon, and the sooner the bond is redeemed the faster that discount is earned. A call shortens the period over which the same discount is collected and so raises the annualized return, which makes yield to call the highest yield on a discount bond. Yield to maturity sits below it, and both sit above the current yield, which in turn sits above the coupon. The two yields are equal only for a bond trading at par, where there is no discount to accelerate.
Two benefits of owning preferred stock over common stock are
- A.Priority over bondholders and promised dividends
- B.Priority over bondholders and board voting power
- C.Priority at liquidation and payment of dividends
- D.Promised dividends and larger board voting power
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Priority at liquidation and payment of dividends
The two benefits preferred holds over common are priority at liquidation and payment of dividends: preferred is paid ahead of common in both cases. Preferred never has priority over bondholders, because all creditors rank ahead of equity; preferred dividends are not promised or guaranteed; and preferred normally carries less board voting power than common, not more.
The coupon payable on a bond may also be referred to
- A.The stated or principal yield
- B.The nominal or principal yield
- C.The term or serial yield
- D.The stated or nominal yield
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The stated or nominal yield
The coupon rate is also called the stated or nominal yield. It is the rate of interest the issuer has agreed to pay the investor for use of the funds loaned to the issuer.
If a callable bond is priced at par, which of the following is true?
- A.Current yield (CY) is greater than yield to maturity (YTM).
- B.Current yield (CY) is less than yield to maturity (YTM).
- C.Current yield (CY) equals yield to call (YTC).
- D.Yield to maturity (YTM) is less than yield to call (YTC).
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Current yield (CY) equals yield to call (YTC).
For any bond priced at par, all of the yields are equal; nominal = CY = YTM = YTC if callable.
Which of the following expressions describes the current yield of a bond?
- A.Coupon payment divided by the stated nominal value
- B.Coupon payment divided by the current market price
- C.Maturity yield divided by the current market price
- D.Maturity yield divided by the stated nominal value
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Coupon payment divided by the current market price
Current yield asks what the bond pays now in relation to what it costs now, so the numerator is the annual coupon payment and the denominator is the current market price. Dividing that same coupon by the stated nominal, or par, value instead produces the nominal or coupon yield, a fixed figure that never changes once the bond is issued and that ignores what the buyer actually paid. Yield to maturity is already a yield rather than a cash payment, so it cannot serve as a numerator, and dividing one yield by a price or by par gives a figure with no meaning.
A serial bond is best described as
- A.Debt structured so that the principal of the whole issue matures at one time
- B.The issuer repaying part of the bond's principal before the final maturity date, but paying off the largest portion of the bond at maturity
- C.Bonds in which the principal is secured by food-quality grains
- D.Portions of bond principal scheduled to mature at intervals over a period of years until the entire balance has been repaid
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Portions of bond principal scheduled to mature at intervals over a period of years until the entire balance has been repaid
A serial bond issue schedules portions of the principal to mature at intervals over a period of years until the entire balance has been repaid.
All of the following are corporate secured bonds except
- A.Equipment trust certificates
- B.Debentures
- C.Mortgage bonds
- D.Collateral trust certificates
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Debentures
Debentures are unsecured. Mortgage bonds are backed by property. Equipment trust certificates are backed by equipment. Collateral trust certificates are backed by securities.
Par value for a bond is also known as
- A.Stated or coupon yield payable annually
- B.Principal value or the amount of interest the bond pays annually
- C.Face value or the amount a bond will be redeemed for at maturity
- D.Face value or the amount of interest the bond pays annually
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Face value or the amount a bond will be redeemed for at maturity
Par value (usually $1,000) is the face value of a bond or the amount a bond will be redeemed for by the investor at maturity.
Interest is best described as
- A.The amount the borrower receives from a lender
- B.The amount that an investor lends to a borrower
- C.A specific rate of return the lender pays the borrower over the life of the loan
- D.A specific rate of return the borrower pays the investor for use of the funds
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A specific rate of return the borrower pays the investor for use of the funds
Interest is the rate of return above the principal sum received by a lender (investor) from a borrower. Interest is rate of return the investor receives for use of the funds over the life of the loan.
An investor lending money to an entity receives back the principal amount of the loan on
- A.The record date
- B.The payable date
- C.The maturity date
- D.The interest payment date
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The maturity date
The date that the principal amount of a loan is due to be paid back to an investor is known as the maturity date.
The coupon for a bond is calculated as a percentage of
- A.Current market value for a bond
- B.Par value, usually $10 for a bond
- C.Par value, usually $100 for a bond
- D.Par value, usually $1,000 for a bond
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Par value, usually $1,000 for a bond
The coupon rate on a bond is calculated as a percentage of par value. While par value can be any amount the issuer determines it to be, it is usually $1,000 for bonds and should be assumed to be so, unless it is indicated otherwise.
An investor holds a 6% callable bond purchased at 105. If the issuer calls the bond before maturity, the yield to call (YTC) realized by the investor would be
- A.Greater the current yield (CY)
- B.Less than the coupon
- C.Greater than the yield to maturity (YTM)
- D.Equal to the yield to maturity (YTM)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Less than the coupon
When a bond purchased at a premium (105) is called before it matures, the accelerated premium loss is reflected in the calculated yield to call (YTC). In this light, remember that the YTC is always the lowest of all possible yields for premium bonds, less than the coupon, CY, and YTM.
A bond has a 7% coupon and is currently offered at a price of 102. Which of the following yields could be the yield to maturity (YTM) for this bond?
- A.7.02%
- B.7.07%
- C.7.09%
- D.6.55%
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 6.55%
For a bond trading at a premium (102), the ranking of yields from lowest to highest is yield to call (YTC), YTM, current yield, and nominal yield. Therefore, the YTM for this bond must be less than the nominal yield of 7%.
If the dollar price of a municipal bond is 101 and the basis is 6.10, the nominal yield is
- A.Equal to the yield to maturity (YTM)
- B.6.10.
- C.Greater than 6.10
- D.Less than 6.10
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Greater than 6.10
For bonds trading at a premium (101), the nominal yield (or coupon) is higher than the basis (YTM). For bonds at a premium, yields from lowest to highest are yield to call (YTC), YTM, current yield, and nominal yield.
With a balloon maturity,
- A.Only interest is paid on the final maturity date with principal paid on the serial dates
- B.The major portion of the principal debt is paid over scheduled seral maturity dates
- C.Interest only is paid on the serial dates with all principal paid on the final maturity date
- D.The major portion of the principal debt is paid on the final maturity date
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The major portion of the principal debt is paid on the final maturity date
With a balloon maturity, the issuer repays part of the bond's principal before the final maturity date over scheduled serial maturity dates, but pays off the major portion of the bond principal on the final maturity date.
An investor holds a 5% bond callable in six years and maturing in eight years. The bond's current yield (CY) measures its annual coupon payment relative to
- A.Its market price
- B.Its value at maturity
- C.Its value when callable
- D.Par value
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Its market price
The CY measures a bond's annual coupon payment (interest) relative to its market price, as shown in the following equation: .
The relationship between fixed-income prices and prevailing interest rates is
- A.Inverse
- B.Adverse
- C.Reverse
- D.Coterminous
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Inverse
As interest rates (yields) increase, the price of outstanding debt decreases and vice versa. The resulting relationship is called an inverse relationship.
An investor owns a bond with a 3.5% nominal yield making semiannual interest payments. On each interest payable date, the investor can expect to receive how much?
- A.$17.50
- B.$350.00
- C.$35.00
- D.$175.00
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $17.50
A bond with a nominal yield of 3.5% pays $35 in interest annually ($1,000 par value). Given the bond makes semiannual interest payments, each of those payments would be in the amount of $17.50.
When a bond is purchased at a discount the current yield will be
- A.The same as the nominal rate
- B.Lower that the stated rate
- C.Lower than the fixed rate
- D.Higher than the coupon rate
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Higher than the coupon rate
The coupon rate, the stated rate, the fixed rate, and the nominal rate all mean the same thing. It is the amount the bond will pay each year. On a discount bond the current yield is always higher than the coupon rate.
Your client, Dana McCann, just purchased a 20-year City of Salt Lake School District bond for $800. The bond has a stated rate of 4%. The current yield is
- A.6%.
- B.3%.
- C.5%.
- D.2%.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 5%.
The formula for current yield is the stated rate (coupon rate) divided by the current market price: $40 $800, which in this case equals 5%.
An investor purchased 100 shares of Acme Shoelace stock for $20 per share. Four years later, the investor sold the stock for $28 per share. This investor would report these transactions, on a per share basis, as
- A.$2,000 paid, $800 capital gain.
- B.$20 cost base, $8 capital gain.
- C.$2,800 sale, $800 capital gain.
- D.$28 basis, $0 capital gain.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $20 cost base, $8 capital gain.
On a per-share basis the investor reports a $20 cost base, $8 capital gain: the $20 purchase price is the basis, and $28 minus $20 is the gain. The $2,000 paid and the $2,800 sale with an $800 gain are the totals for all 100 shares, not per-share figures, and treating the $28 sale price as the basis wrongly produces no gain at all.
When a bond is purchased at a premium, the current yield will be
- A.Higher than the stated rate
- B.Lower than the coupon rate
- C.The same as the nominal rate
- D.Higher than the fixed rate
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Lower than the coupon rate
When a bond trades at a premium (above par), its current yield is lower than the coupon rate, because the fixed annual coupon is divided by a market price higher than $1,000 par.
Which of the following is a benchmark for small cap stocks?
- A.Dow Jones Industrial Average
- B.Wilshire 5000
- C.Standard and Poor's 500 Index
- D.Russell 2000® Index
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Russell 2000® Index
The Russell tracks 2,000 small company stocks.
Which of the following would be considered earned income?
- A.Pension from a former employer
- B.Annuity from a former employer
- C.Benefits paid for unemployment
- D.Bonus received from employment
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Bonus received from employment
A bonus received from employment is earned income because it is paid for work performed. A pension or an annuity from a former employer is retirement income rather than pay for current work, and benefits paid for unemployment replace wages but are not earned income, so none of the three counts as earned income.
All of the following are investment income except
- A.Owning a bond fund
- B.Owning REIT shares
- C.Running a business
- D.Selling at a gain
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Running a business
Running a business produces earned income, not investment income, so it is the exception. Owning a bond fund pays interest distributions, owning REIT shares pays dividends, and selling at a gain produces a capital gain; all three are forms of investment income.
What are the two basic types of return on an investment?
- A.Interest and principal
- B.Capital gains and income
- C.Dividends and interest
- D.Short term and long term
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Capital gains and income
Upon the purchase of a security, the investors may receive dividends or interest, which are forms of income, or they may sell the security for a different price than was paid for it, which represents a capital gain or loss.
Which of the following is a benchmark for large cap stocks?
- A.The Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Index
- B.The Russell 2000 Index of Domestic Stocks
- C.The Wilshire 5000 Full Stock Market Index
- D.The Dow Jones Average of Public Utilities
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Index
The Standard and Poor's 500 tracks five hundred of the largest domestic companies weighted by market value, which is why it is quoted as the benchmark for large-capitalization stocks. The Russell 2000 is drawn from the smaller end of the Russell universe and serves as a small-capitalization measure. The Wilshire 5000 is a total-market index built to capture the whole investable domestic equity market rather than one capitalization band. The Dow Jones utility average follows a narrow group of utility issues and measures a single sector instead of the broad large-cap market.
All of the following are true regarding market indexes except
- A.They are performance standards investors can monitor
- B.They track single stocks rather than hypothetical portfolios
- C.They can be used to compare against the performance of one's portfolio
- D.They can demonstrate the overall direction of the market
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: They track single stocks rather than hypothetical portfolios
Indexes such as the DJIA or the S&P 500 are hypothetical portfolios, not single stocks. While there's no single standard or benchmark, an index can be used as a performance standard one can monitor and therefore judge the performance of a portfolio or investment against. When we refer to the stock market's performance in general, we are most likely referring to the performance of an index or average that tracks stocks or bonds. These benchmarks can serve as an indicator of the overall direction of the market as a whole, or the direction of individual market sectors.
Earned income would include all the following except
- A.Year-end bonuses
- B.Dividends earned on mutual funds
- C.Commission on sales for a real estate agent
- D.Tips
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Dividends earned on mutual funds
Earned income includes wages, salary, tips, bonuses, and income from active participation in a trade or business.
6% XYZ debentures are trading for $1,200 while similarly rated bonds are being offered at 4.5%. What is the current yield on the 6% XYZ debentures?
- A.1.5%
- B.7.5%
- C.6%
- D.5%
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 5%
Current yield is defined as the annual income (or coupon rate) from a bond divided by the bond's current market price ($60 $1,200 or 5%). Accordingly, the current yield (5%) is lower than the coupon rate (6%) because the bond is trading at a premium.
An investor writes 1 uncovered RST 70 put at 2.75 when RST is trading at 71. At expiration, below what stock price does the investor begin to lose money?
- A.$68.25
- B.$67.25
- C.$72.75
- D.$73.75
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $67.25
The breakeven for a put, whether bought or written, is the strike price minus the premium: 70 − 2.75 = $67.25. Above that price the premium received covers any loss on assignment, and below it the writer loses money. $72.75 adds the premium to the strike, which is the call formula, and the current price of 71 is irrelevant to breakeven, so $68.25 is wrong.
A customer buys 2 UVW 35 puts at 4. What is the customer's maximum potential loss on the position?
- A.$7,000
- B.$400
- C.$6,200
- D.$800
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $800
An option buyer can never lose more than the premium paid, so the maximum loss is 4 × 100 × 2 contracts = $800. $400 is the loss on only one contract, and $6,200 is the maximum gain, (35 − 4) × 100 × 2, reached if the stock falls to zero. $7,000 treats the full exercise price as money at risk, which is a put writer's exposure, not a buyer's.
GHI stock is trading at $52. Which option has an intrinsic value of $3 per share?
- A.A GHI 55 call
- B.A GHI 55 put
- C.A GHI 49 put
- D.A GHI 50 call
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A GHI 55 put
A put is in the money when the market price is below the strike, and its intrinsic value is strike minus market: 55 − 52 = $3, so the GHI 55 put has $3 of intrinsic value. The GHI 49 put is out of the money because the stock is above 49, even though the two prices are $3 apart. The GHI 55 call is out of the money, and the GHI 50 call has $2 of intrinsic value.
A customer sold short 100 shares of KLM at $40 and is worried the stock could rally sharply. Which option position best limits the customer's risk?
- A.Buy 1 KLM 40 put
- B.Write 1 KLM 40 put
- C.Buy 1 KLM 40 call
- D.Write 1 KLM 40 call
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Buy 1 KLM 40 call
A short seller loses money as the stock rises, so buying a KLM 40 call locks in the right to buy the shares back at $40 and caps the loss. Buying a put is the hedge for a long stock position and adds even more bearish exposure here. Writing a put against a short position only brings in premium and gives no protection against a rally.
A customer exercises an in-the-money call on a broad stock index and, on the same day, an in-the-money call on an individual stock. How is each exercise settled?
- A.The index call and the stock call both settle in shares
- B.The index call settles in cash and the stock call in shares
- C.The index call settles in shares and the stock call in cash
- D.The index call and the stock call both settle in cash
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The index call settles in cash and the stock call in shares
Index options are settled in cash, with the writer paying the difference between the index value and the strike, because the underlying index cannot be delivered. Equity options settle by physical delivery of 100 shares per contract, with the stock purchase settling T+1 after exercise. Assuming both deliver shares is the most common error, carried over from equity options.
A firm approves a new customer's account for options trading. Under FINRA rules, when must the options disclosure document (ODD) be delivered and the customer's signed options agreement be obtained?
- A.ODD at or before approval; signed agreement within 15 days after approval
- B.ODD at or before approval; signed agreement before the first options trade
- C.ODD within 15 days after approval; signed agreement at or before approval
- D.ODD within 15 days after approval; signed agreement before the first trade
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: ODD at or before approval; signed agreement within 15 days after approval
FINRA Rule 2360 requires the ODD to be delivered at or before the time the account is approved for options trading, and the signed options agreement to be obtained within 15 days after approval. Reversing the two deadlines is the most common error. The customer may trade before the signed agreement comes back, so the agreement is not a precondition for the first trade.
An investor buys 100 shares of RST at $48 and at the same time writes 1 RST Jun 55 call for a premium of $2. Ignoring commissions, what is the investor's maximum possible gain on the combined position?
- A.$700
- B.$500
- C.$900
- D.$200
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $900
In a covered call the most the investor can make is the stock's rise to the strike plus the premium kept: ($55 - $48) + $2 = $9 a share, or $900. Above $55 the shares are called away, which is why a covered call caps upside in exchange for income. $700 forgets the $2 premium, $500 subtracts the premium as if it had been paid rather than received, and $200 counts only the premium.
A mutual fund's Class A shares have a net asset value of $23.00 and a sales charge of 5.75% of the public offering price. What is the public offering price per share?
- A.$21.75
- B.$24.32
- C.$24.40
- D.$21.68
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $24.40
Because the sales charge is a percentage of the POP, the POP equals NAV divided by (1 - sales charge %): $23.00 / 0.9425 = $24.40. Adding 5.75% of the NAV ($23.00 x 1.0575 = $24.32) understates it, because it computes the charge on NAV instead of on the offering price. Prices below $23.00 come from subtracting or dividing out the charge, but a buyer always pays more than NAV.
An investor signs a letter of intent to reach a fund family's $50,000 breakpoint within 13 months and pays the reduced sales charge on each purchase. When the period ends, the investor has invested only $30,000. What is the usual result?
- A.The fund cancels the purchases and returns the $30,000 at the current NAV
- B.The investor gets 90 more days to invest before the sales charge is changed
- C.The investor keeps the reduced sales charge, as a letter of intent is not binding
- D.The fund collects the higher sales charge owed, usually from escrowed shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The fund collects the higher sales charge owed, usually from escrowed shares
A letter of intent lets an investor pay the breakpoint rate up front, and the fund holds some shares in escrow; if the full amount is not invested in time, the fund retroactively collects the correct, higher sales charge, typically by redeeming escrowed shares. The letter is not binding in the sense that the investor need not keep buying, but that does not let the investor keep a discount that was never earned. The 90-day figure is the usual backdating window at the start of a letter, not an extension at the end.
A fund family's Class A sales charge drops from 4.50% to 3.50% at $50,000. A representative tells a client with $52,000 to invest to put $26,000 in this family's growth fund and $26,000 in another family's growth fund 'for diversification.' This practice is best described as
- A.Churning the account
- B.Mutual fund switching
- C.Selling dividends
- D.Breakpoint selling
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Breakpoint selling
Splitting a purchase so the client stays below a sales-charge discount level is breakpoint selling, which FINRA prohibits; $52,000 in one family would have earned the 3.50% rate. It is not switching, because switching means selling one fund to buy another in a different family, and nothing is being sold here. Selling dividends is urging a purchase just before a distribution, and churning is excessive trading.
A 35-year-old investor plans to put $60,000 into one fund family's large-cap fund and hold it at least 20 years. The family offers Class A (front-end load, breakpoint at $50,000), Class B (CDSC declining over six years), and Class C (1% annual 12b-1 fee). Which class is generally most suitable, and why?
- A.Class C, as its 1% level 12b-1 fee costs less than the A-share load over 20 years
- B.Class B, as no front-end load is paid and the deferred charge is gone by year six
- C.Class C, as no load or breakpoint applies and all $60,000 stays invested 20 years
- D.Class A, as its reduced front-end charge is paid once while C's 1% fee is yearly
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Class A, as its reduced front-end charge is paid once while C's 1% fee is yearly
For a large, long-term purchase, Class A is usually cheapest: the $60,000 qualifies for a reduced front-end load, and its 12b-1 fee is low for the whole holding period. Class C's roughly 1% annual fee is charged every year, so over 20 years it costs far more than a one-time discounted load. Class B offers no breakpoint discounts and carries a higher 12b-1 fee until it converts, so it is generally unsuitable at this size.
A 52-year-old withdraws $20,000 from a non-qualified variable annuity that was bought with $60,000 of after-tax money and is now worth $90,000. The contract has not been annuitized. How is the withdrawal treated for federal tax purposes?
- A.All $20,000 is long-term capital gain, plus a 10% penalty
- B.$6,667 is long-term capital gain, plus a 10% penalty
- C.All $20,000 is ordinary income, plus a 10% penalty
- D.None of it is taxed, since cost basis comes out first
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: All $20,000 is ordinary income, plus a 10% penalty
Withdrawals from a non-annuitized contract come out of earnings first, and here there is $30,000 of gain, so all $20,000 is ordinary income, plus a 10% penalty because the owner is under 59½. Annuity gains are never capital gains, however long the contract is held. Basis-first treatment, and the pro-rata split that gives $6,667, apply only in other situations: basis first is how Roth IRA contributions come back, and a pro-rata exclusion ratio applies once payments are annuitized.
A grandmother opened a 529 savings plan and named her grandson as the beneficiary. At 18, he decides to skip college. Which statement is accurate under federal rules?
- A.The grandson takes over as owner at 18, the way a custodial account works
- B.The grandmother may switch the beneficiary to his sister with no federal tax
- C.The grandson may switch the beneficiary to his sister with no federal tax
- D.The grandson may switch the beneficiary to a college friend with no federal tax
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The grandmother may switch the beneficiary to his sister with no federal tax
The account owner, not the beneficiary, controls a 529, so the grandmother may switch the beneficiary to his sister with no federal tax because a sibling is a member of the beneficiary's family. The grandson has no power to change the beneficiary, whether to a sibling or to a friend, and a friend would not qualify as family anyway. A 529 does not pass to the beneficiary at the age of majority the way an UTMA or UGMA custodial account does.
Each of the following is a municipal fund security EXCEPT
- A.A Coverdell education savings account
- B.An adviser-sold 529 college savings plan
- C.A state-sponsored ABLE program account
- D.A local government investment pool
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A Coverdell education savings account
A Coverdell education savings account is a trust or custodial account opened at a bank or brokerage, not an interest issued by a state, so it is not a municipal fund security. Local government investment pools, state ABLE programs and 529 college savings plans, whether direct-sold or adviser-sold, are all municipal fund securities under MSRB rules. Candidates often lump Coverdells in with 529s because both are education savings vehicles.
A customer asks how contributions to a 529 college savings plan are treated for income tax purposes. Which statement is accurate?
- A.They're deductible on the federal return, though some states cap the deduction
- B.They aren't deductible on any return, though growth in the plan is tax-deferred
- C.They aren't deductible on the federal return, though some states allow one
- D.They're deductible on the federal return, up to the annual gift tax exclusion
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: They aren't deductible on the federal return, though some states allow one
They aren't deductible on the federal return, though some states allow one, usually only for contributions to the state's own plan. The annual gift tax exclusion limits contributions that avoid gift tax and has nothing to do with deductibility. Saying no return allows a deduction ignores the many state deductions, even though the point that growth is tax-deferred is correct.
An investor buys units of an oil and gas limited partnership. In its first year the program reports a large loss, mostly from intangible drilling costs. How is that loss treated for federal income tax purposes?
- A.It flows through to the investor and can offset wages and salary income
- B.It flows through to the investor and can offset other passive income
- C.It stays inside the partnership and offsets the program's later income
- D.It stays inside the partnership and offsets the general partner's fees
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: It flows through to the investor and can offset other passive income
A DPP pays no entity-level tax, so it flows through to the investor and can offset other passive income, because a limited partnership interest is a passive activity. It cannot offset wages or salary, which is the half-right answer that ignores the passive activity rules. The loss does not stay inside the partnership like a corporate net operating loss, and it is not used up against the general partner's fees.
An investor sold an apartment building and wants to defer the gain through a Section 1031 like-kind exchange by buying a fractional ownership share, held directly in the deed, in a large office building alongside other investors. Which holding fits that plan?
- A.A tenants-in-common (TIC) interest
- B.A real estate limited partnership unit
- C.A share of a non-traded equity REIT
- D.A share of an exchange-listed REIT
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A tenants-in-common (TIC) interest
A tenants-in-common (TIC) interest is an undivided fractional ownership of the real estate itself, held on the deed, so it can be like-kind replacement property in a Section 1031 exchange. A real estate limited partnership unit is an interest in a partnership, not in real property, so it does not qualify even though the partnership owns real estate. REIT shares, listed or non-traded, are securities of a trust, not real property, and cannot complete a 1031 exchange.
Two REITs each yield 6%. REIT X owns shopping centers and collects rent. REIT Y holds fixed-rate commercial mortgages. If interest rates rise sharply, which outcome is most likely?
- A.REIT Y is likely to rise more, since it can lend new money at higher fixed rates
- B.REIT X is likely to rise more, since it can raise rents as interest rates climb
- C.REIT X is likely to fall more, since it can raise rents only as leases renew
- D.REIT Y is likely to fall more, since its income comes from fixed loan payments
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: REIT Y is likely to fall more, since its income comes from fixed loan payments
As a mortgage REIT, REIT Y is likely to fall more, since its income comes from fixed loan payments, which are now set below the new market rates, so its assets lose value like bonds. Mortgage REITs are generally more rate-sensitive than equity REITs, and lending new money at higher fixed rates does not offset the drop in value of the existing loan book. Equity REIT X can raise rents only as leases renew, so a sharp rate rise does not lift its price, but its rental income is not locked in at below-market rates the way a fixed loan book is, so it is not the one hit harder.
An investor in a high tax bracket wants a real estate investment whose depreciation losses can flow through to offset passive income from other holdings. Which investment can provide that?
- A.An interest in a non-traded equity REIT
- B.An interest in a property partnership
- C.An interest in a real estate mutual fund
- D.An interest in a listed mortgage REIT
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An interest in a property partnership
Only an interest in a property partnership, a direct participation program, passes depreciation and other losses through to investors for use against passive income. A REIT passes through income but not losses. Its losses stay inside the trust, whether it is non-traded or listed, or holds property or mortgages. A real estate mutual fund is a registered investment company and cannot pass losses through to shareholders either.
Compared with an exchange-listed REIT, which combination of features does a registered non-listed REIT typically carry?
- A.Lower up-front fees and a price set by trading each day
- B.Higher up-front fees and a value estimated periodically
- C.Higher up-front fees and a price set by trading each day
- D.Lower up-front fees and a value estimated periodically
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Higher up-front fees and a value estimated periodically
A registered non-listed REIT typically carries higher up-front fees and a value estimated periodically: selling commissions and offering costs come out of the purchase, and because the shares do not trade there is no market price. FINRA rules require broker-dealers to show a per-share estimated value at least annually. The tempting lower-fee option assumes that no exchange means no commission, but listed REIT shares are bought at market with ordinary brokerage costs.
Compared with an equity REIT, a mortgage REIT is best described as a trust that
- A.holds real estate loans, so it may pass its operating losses through to its owners
- B.holds real estate loans, so its share price is more sensitive to interest rates
- C.owns income-producing buildings, so it may pay out less than 90% of taxable income
- D.owns income-producing buildings, so its payouts are taxed as qualified dividends
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: holds real estate loans, so its share price is more sensitive to interest rates
A mortgage REIT holds real estate loans, so its share price is more sensitive to interest rates than an equity REIT's: it earns interest, while an equity REIT owns property and earns rent. Neither kind of REIT can pass losses through to investors; that is a feature of direct participation programs, not REITs. Owning buildings describes an equity REIT, and every REIT must distribute at least 90% of taxable income, with most of its dividends taxed as ordinary income rather than qualified dividends.
A hedge fund sells interests only in a Regulation D private placement to accredited investors. Which customer qualifies as accredited and may invest?
- A.A single customer with $225,000 of income in each of the last two years, expecting the same
- B.A single customer who earned $350,000 in each of the last two years but expects $150,000 now
- C.A married couple who earned a joint $260,000 in each of the last two years and expect more
- D.A married customer earning $90,000 a year whose $1.4 million net worth is half home equity
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A single customer with $225,000 of income in each of the last two years, expecting the same
A single customer with $225,000 of income in each of the last two years, expecting the same, meets the individual income test of more than $200,000 in each of the two most recent years with a reasonable expectation of the same this year. The $1.4 million net worth falls to $700,000 once the primary residence is excluded, below the $1 million test, and $90,000 of income does not help. The couple's $260,000 is under the $300,000 joint-income test, and the customer who now expects only $150,000 fails because the income must be expected to continue in the current year.
A typical hedge fund is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 mainly because it
- A.charges its investors a performance fee on top of the management fee
- B.uses leverage, short sales and derivatives that registered funds limit
- C.sells its interests privately to a limited number of qualified buyers
- D.is organized as a limited partnership or LLC owned by its investors
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: sells its interests privately to a limited number of qualified buyers
A hedge fund avoids registration because it sells its interests privately to a limited number of qualified buyers, relying on the private-fund exclusions in Section 3(c)(1) (100 or fewer beneficial owners, no public offering) or 3(c)(7) (qualified purchasers only, no public offering) of the Investment Company Act. Being a limited partnership or LLC owned by its investors is a common hedge fund structure, but legal form does not create the exclusion. Leverage, short selling and performance fees are typical hedge fund features, but they are results of being unregistered, not the reason the fund need not register.
A long-term investor compares an S&P 500 index ETF with a no-load S&P 500 index mutual fund bought directly from the fund company. Which cost does the ETF investor pay that the mutual fund investor does not?
- A.The management fee paid out of the fund to its adviser
- B.The annual expense ratio deducted from the fund's assets
- C.The sales charge built into the public offering price
- D.The bid-ask spread on each purchase or sale of shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The bid-ask spread on each purchase or sale of shares
The ETF investor pays the bid-ask spread on each purchase or sale of shares, because ETF shares trade on an exchange rather than being bought from and redeemed by the fund. Both funds deduct an annual expense ratio, which includes the adviser's management fee, though the ETF's is often lower. A sales charge built into the public offering price is a mutual fund load; ETFs do not charge one, and a no-load fund does not either.
An index rises 10% on Monday and falls 10% on Tuesday. A 2x leveraged ETF on that index meets its daily objective both days. Over the two days, the ETF has
- A.a loss of 4%
- B.a loss of 1%
- C.no net change
- D.a loss of 2%
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: a loss of 4%
The ETF ends with a loss of 4%: it gains 20% on Monday (100 to 120) and loses 20% on Tuesday (120 to 96). The index itself loses only 1% (100 to 110 to 99), so doubling the index's two-day result to a 2% loss is wrong because the fund resets daily and compounds. Adding plus 20% and minus 20% to get no net change ignores that Tuesday's loss is taken on a larger balance.
Market interest rates are expected to rise by 1 percentage point across all maturities. Which bond's price would likely fall the most?
- A.A 25-year 8.5% coupon bond rated BB
- B.A 25-year zero-coupon bond rated AA
- C.A 25-year 8.5% coupon bond rated AA
- D.A 5-year zero-coupon bond rated AA
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A 25-year zero-coupon bond rated AA
Interest-rate risk is greatest for bonds with long maturities and low coupons, so the 25-year zero-coupon bond rated AA, which pays everything at the end, moves the most when rates change. A lower BB rating adds credit risk, not interest-rate sensitivity, and a 5-year zero matures too soon to swing as much.
An investor compares two U.S. Treasury securities that both mature in 20 years and will both be held to maturity: a STRIPS (zero-coupon) and a bond paying a 4% semiannual coupon. Which risk does the STRIPS avoid that the coupon bond still carries?
- A.Purchasing-power risk
- B.Interest-rate risk
- C.Credit/default risk
- D.Reinvestment risk
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Reinvestment risk
A zero-coupon security makes no interim payments, so there are no coupons to reinvest at uncertain future rates; the STRIPS avoids reinvestment risk. It does not avoid interest-rate risk, since a long zero is actually the more rate-sensitive of the two, and both carry purchasing-power risk while neither carries meaningful default risk as Treasuries.
Years ago a client bought a corporate bond with a 9% coupon that is callable at par. Comparable rates have since fallen to about 4%. Which risk is now the client's greatest concern with this bond?
- A.Reinvestment risk, as an early call returns cash that earns closer to 4%
- B.Credit risk, as the issuer's 9% interest cost now looks high next to new debt
- C.Interest-rate risk, as the bond's price keeps falling while rates drop to 4%
- D.Extension risk, as the call is skipped and the bond runs past its expected date
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Reinvestment risk, as an early call returns cash that earns closer to 4%
When rates fall well below a callable bond's coupon, the issuer is likely to call it and refinance, leaving the holder with reinvestment risk: the cash returned can only earn closer to 4%. Interest-rate risk works the other way here, because falling rates push bond prices up, and extension risk is the rising-rate problem in which repayment comes later than expected.
A customer buys an agency CMO tranche backed by fixed-rate home mortgages. Shortly afterward, mortgage rates rise sharply. Which risk does this most directly create for the customer?
- A.Prepayment risk, as homeowners refinance and principal comes back sooner
- B.Extension risk, as homeowners pay more slowly and principal comes later
- C.Reinvestment risk, as early principal must be put to work at lower rates
- D.Default risk, as more homeowners stop paying on the underlying mortgages
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Extension risk, as homeowners pay more slowly and principal comes later
When rates rise, homeowners stop refinancing and prepayments slow, so principal returns later than expected and the investor is stuck longer at a below-market rate: extension risk. Prepayment risk and the reinvestment risk that follows from it are the falling-rate problems, and the agency backing limits default risk.
A biotech stock drops 40% in one day after the FDA rejects its only drug, while the overall market is flat. Which approach would have done the most to limit the damage to the investor's overall portfolio?
- A.Holding it as a small slice of a broadly diversified portfolio
- B.Buying put options on a broad stock index ahead of the decision
- C.Choosing a biotech whose stock has a beta well below 1.0 instead
- D.Rebalancing the portfolio back to its target weights each year
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Holding it as a small slice of a broadly diversified portfolio
A single-company setback is nonsystematic risk, which diversification reduces by keeping any one stock a small slice of the portfolio. Index puts are a hedge against a broad market decline and pay nothing when the market is flat, and a low beta measures market sensitivity, not exposure to a company-specific event.
A $200,000 portfolio starts at its 60% stock / 40% bond target. Stocks then gain 50% while bonds are unchanged. To rebalance back to 60/40, about how much stock should the investor sell and reinvest in bonds?
- A.$60,000
- B.$30,000
- C.$24,000
- D.$36,000
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $24,000
Stocks grow from $120,000 to $180,000, so the portfolio is worth $260,000 and the 60% stock target is $156,000; selling $24,000 of stock and buying bonds restores 60/40. Selling the full $60,000 gain resets the original dollar amounts rather than the target percentages, which leaves the portfolio underweight in stock.
An investor wants a bond with no reinvestment risk at all, and is willing to accept the greatest possible exposure to interest-rate risk to get it. Which bond fits that description?
- A.A 20-year 3% noncallable Treasury bond
- B.A 20-year zero-coupon Treasury bond
- C.A 2-year zero-coupon Treasury note
- D.A 2-year 8% callable corporate note
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A 20-year zero-coupon Treasury bond
A 20-year zero-coupon Treasury bond pays no coupons, so there is nothing to reinvest, and its long maturity with no coupon gives it the most price sensitivity to rate changes. The 20-year 3% noncallable bond also carries heavy interest-rate risk, but its semiannual coupons must be reinvested at whatever rates prevail. The 2-year zero has no reinvestment risk either, but its short maturity keeps its interest-rate risk low.
An investor sells a single corporate bond and uses the money to buy bonds from 40 different corporate issuers spread across many industries. This diversification reduces each of the following risks EXCEPT
- A.Interest-rate risk
- B.Credit (default) risk
- C.Industry-sector risk
- D.Business (issuer) risk
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Interest-rate risk
Interest-rate risk is systematic: when market rates rise, the prices of essentially all outstanding bonds fall together, so owning more issuers does not help. Industry-sector risk sounds market-wide, but spreading the holdings across many industries is exactly what reduces it. Credit and business risk are issuer-specific, so they shrink as the portfolio is spread across more issuers.
A closed-end fund has a NAV of $20.00, and its shares trade at $18.40 on the exchange. An investor buys 500 shares through a broker-dealer acting as agent. What does the investor pay per share?
- A.$18.40 plus the sales charge
- B.$20.00 plus a commission
- C.$18.40 plus a commission
- D.$20.00 plus the sales charge
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $18.40 plus a commission
After its offering, a closed-end fund's fixed number of shares trades on the exchange at a price set by supply and demand, here a discount to NAV, and an agency purchase adds a commission. Paying NAV plus a sales charge is forward pricing for an open-end fund, which issues new shares directly. A sales charge applies only in a closed-end fund's initial offering, not to an exchange trade.
A customer asks an open-end fund to redeem 200 Class A shares at 4:45 p.m. on Monday. The fund prices once a day at the 4:00 p.m. close. Monday's close was NAV $15.40 and POP $16.30; Tuesday's close is NAV $15.20 and POP $16.09. What price per share does the customer receive?
- A.$16.09
- B.$15.40
- C.$15.20
- D.$16.30
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $15.20
Forward pricing fills a redemption at the next NAV computed after the request is received. The request arrived after Monday's 4:00 p.m. pricing, so the next NAV is Tuesday's $15.20. Monday's $15.40 is tempting because it is the same day, but it was computed before the request arrived, and redemptions are at NAV, not POP, because only buyers pay the sales charge.
Why is a variable annuity a security, so that the representative selling it needs a securities registration, while a fixed annuity is not?
- A.The insurer guarantees the separate account a minimum rate of return
- B.The contract owner's earnings in the separate account grow tax-deferred
- C.The contract owner bears the investment risk of the separate account
- D.The contract owner pays mortality and expense fees on the separate account
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The contract owner bears the investment risk of the separate account
A variable annuity's premiums go into a separate account invested in subaccounts, and because the contract owner bears that investment risk, the contract is a security. A guaranteed minimum rate of return is the mark of a fixed annuity backed by the insurer's general account. Mortality and expense fees are charged on a variable annuity, but they pay for insurance guarantees and do not make it a security, and tax deferral applies to fixed annuities too.
Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, a mutual fund's board of directors is responsible for each of the following EXCEPT
- A.Approving the fund's advisory contract and renewing it each year
- B.Selecting the individual securities that the fund buys and sells
- C.Approving the fund's contract with its principal underwriter
- D.Declaring the dividends and capital gains that the fund distributes
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Selecting the individual securities that the fund buys and sells
The investment adviser, not the board, selects the individual securities the fund buys and sells. The board oversees the fund's service providers: it approves the advisory contract and the principal underwriting contract and renews them each year, and it declares the fund's distributions. Approving the underwriting contract is the most tempting choice because the underwriter seems to answer to the sponsor, but the 1940 Act requires board approval of it.
A 68-year-old retiree wants monthly income and expects to draw on part of the principal for medical bills within the next year. A representative proposes a non-traded equipment-leasing limited partnership paying an 8% distribution. What is the strongest suitability concern?
- A.The units may be sold only back to the sponsor, at a price it resets daily
- B.The units cannot be sold at all until the program's equipment leases expire
- C.The units usually have no active secondary market in which they can be sold
- D.The units can be redeemed only once a year, at the program's appraised NAV
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The units usually have no active secondary market in which they can be sold
DPP units are generally unlisted, and there is usually no active secondary market, so a client who needs principal within a year may be unable to sell or may sell only at a steep discount; that is the core suitability problem under FINRA Rule 2310. The program does not promise an annual redemption at NAV, which is the most tempting wrong picture of a non-traded product. Units are not locked up until the leases expire (they can be transferred, usually with general partner consent), and no sponsor resets a daily buyback price.
A retired customer wants steady income from real estate but may need to raise cash on short notice to cover medical bills. Which investment best meets both goals?
- A.Shares of a non-traded NAV REIT offering monthly redemptions
- B.Shares of an equity REIT listed on a national stock exchange
- C.A tenant-in-common interest in a net-leased office building
- D.Shares of an interval fund that owns commercial real estate
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Shares of an equity REIT listed on a national stock exchange
A listed equity REIT pays out most of its rental income and can be sold any trading day at the market price, so it delivers income and quick cash together. The non-traded NAV REIT is the tempting pick, but its monthly redemptions are capped and can be limited or suspended when requests pile up, so cash is not assured on short notice. An interval fund repurchases only a set percentage of shares at scheduled intervals, and a TIC interest has no ready market.
An ETF and an ETN both track the same commodity index, and both trade on an exchange. Which failure could hurt the ETN investor but not the ETF investor?
- A.The issuing bank defaulting on its unsecured promise to pay
- B.A futures clearinghouse failing on its commodity contracts
- C.A swap dealer defaulting on the index swap the fund relies on
- D.The custodian bank failing while it holds the fund's assets
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The issuing bank defaulting on its unsecured promise to pay
An ETN is an unsecured debt obligation of the issuing bank, so the investor can lose even if the index rises when that bank defaults; this issuer credit risk is the ETN's defining extra risk. A swap dealer default is the most tempting wrong answer, but swap counterparty risk belongs to a fund that gets exposure through swaps; an ETN holder owns only the bank's promise. Custodian and futures-clearing risks also attach to a fund's holdings, not to a note.
A stock has a beta of 1.5. The broad market index falls from 4,000 to 3,680. About how much would the stock be expected to fall?
- A.About 12.0%
- B.About 8.7%
- C.About 13.0%
- D.About 8.0%
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: About 12.0%
The market fell 320 points from 4,000, or 8%, and a beta of 1.5 means the stock tends to move 1.5 times the market: 8% x 1.5 = about 12%. Measuring the drop against the ending level (320 / 3,680 = 8.7%) and then applying beta gives the tempting 13.0%, and 8.0% or 8.7% forgets to apply beta at all.
A parent's 529 savings plan is worth $20,000: $14,000 of contributions and $6,000 of earnings. The parent withdraws $10,000 to buy the beneficiary a car, and no penalty exception applies. What is the federal tax result of the withdrawal?
- A.$10,000 taxed as ordinary income, plus a $1,000 penalty
- B.$6,000 taxed as ordinary income, plus a $600 penalty
- C.$3,000 taxed as ordinary income, plus a $1,000 penalty
- D.$3,000 taxed as ordinary income, plus a $300 penalty
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $3,000 taxed as ordinary income, plus a $300 penalty
Each 529 withdrawal is part contributions and part earnings in the same proportion as the account, so 30% of the $10,000 is earnings: $3,000 taxed as ordinary income, plus a $300 penalty (10% of the earnings). The contributions come back tax-free because they were made with after-tax dollars. Taking the earnings out first ($6,000) or taxing the whole $10,000 ignores the pro-rata rule, and the 10% penalty applies only to the earnings portion, not the full withdrawal.
Knowledge of Capital Markets (110)
A corporation needs to build a new manufacturing facility costing several hundred million dollars. In which of the following markets could this new capital be raised?
- A.Government bond market
- B.Secondary market
- C.Municipal bond market
- D.Capital market
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Capital market
Capital markets are a source of financing for corporations, municipalities, and governments. Capital can be raised by issuing equities or debt and offering the securities to investors in an initial public offering (IPO) or an additional public offering (APO). Note that bonds might be issued by a municipality or the federal government to raise money, but corporations (as noted in this question) do not issue government bonds, either federal or municipal.
A company is considering raising capital without going through the registration process requirements mandated by the Securities Act of 1933. To be exempt from the act, which of the following offerings might they employ?
- A.A best efforts primary offer
- B.An all-or-none primary offer
- C.A private placement offering
- D.A Rule 415 shelf offering
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A private placement offering
A private placement offering is sold to a limited group of investors and is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. A best efforts primary offer describes how the underwriter sells, not an exemption, and still requires registration. An all-or-none primary offer is simply a best efforts variant that must still be registered, and a Rule 415 shelf offering is itself a form of registration.
Each of the following may be traded on an exchange except
- A.Shares of life insurers
- B.Shares of a listed REIT
- C.Closed-end fund shares
- D.Life insurance policies
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Life insurance policies
Life insurance policies are insurance contracts, not securities, so they are sold by licensed agents and have no exchange market. Shares of life insurers are ordinary listed stock, shares of a listed REIT trade like any equity, and closed-end fund shares trade on an exchange rather than being redeemed by the fund.
Which of the following is true regarding the primary market?
- A.It is regulated by the Securities Act of 1934.
- B.Price is determined by supply and demand.
- C.Issuer transactions occur in the primary market.
- D.The NYSE is an example of a primary market.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Issuer transactions occur in the primary market.
The primary market is where securities are sold to the investing public through issuer transactions. It is regulated by the Securities Act of 1933. The NYSE is an example of a secondary market where price is determined by supply and demand.
A corporation sells shares to the investing public in order to raise capital. This is known as
- A.An issuer transaction
- B.A secondary market transaction
- C.An exchange market execution
- D.A primary, or investor-to-investor, transaction
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An issuer transaction
The primary market is where securities are sold to the investing public by the issuer wishing to raise capital. These are known as primary market or issuer transactions.
Which of the following statements is true?
- A.Corporations and commercial banks, but not municipalities, may enter the capital markets
- B.Corporations, municipalities, and the federal government can all use the capital markets
- C.Municipalities and corporations, but never the Treasury, will float capital market bonds
- D.Federal, municipal and corporate borrowers all sell exclusively within the money markets
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Corporations, municipalities, and the federal government can all use the capital markets
The capital markets are where long term financing is raised, and all three classes of issuer use them: corporations sell stock and bonds, municipalities sell notes and bonds, and the federal government sells Treasury securities. None of the three is shut out, so any statement that bars one of them is false. Money market instruments are the short term end of the same funding picture rather than a separate channel reserved for government borrowers.
The primary purpose of the Securities Act of 1933 is to
- A.Require full and fair disclosure in connection with the sale of securities to the public
- B.Require periodic reports from the issuers whose securities trade in the secondary market
- C.Register the exchanges and the firms where the securities trade in the secondary markets
- D.Bar insider trading or manipulation of the securities that trade in the secondary market
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Require full and fair disclosure in connection with the sale of securities to the public
The primary purpose of the Securities Act of 1933 is to require full and fair disclosure in connection with the sale of securities to the public when they are first issued. Periodic reports from issuers whose securities trade in the secondary market, registration of exchanges and broker-dealers, and the bans on insider trading and manipulation all come from the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which governs secondary trading rather than new issues.
Regarding primary offerings, which of the following is true?
- A.A corporation can have only one primary offering—the initial public offering (IPO).
- B.There is no limit to the number of primary offerings a corporation can issue.
- C.A corporation can have two primary offerings—the initial public offering (IPO) and an additional public offering (APO).
- D.After its initial public offering (IPO), a corporation can have only one more primary offering—its subsequent primary offering (SPO).
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: There is no limit to the number of primary offerings a corporation can issue.
While a corporation can have only one IPO, there is no limit to the number of SPOs or APOs it can issue. IPOs, SPOs, and APOs are all primary offerings—those where the offering proceeds go to the issuer.
The Securities Act of 1933 requires that
- A.Both exempt and nonexempt new issues must be registered with the SEC before sales
- B.Registration is complete only when the SEC has approved the merits of an offering
- C.A new issue not specifically exempted from the Act must be registered before sale
- D.A new issue must be cleared by the state securities administrator before any sale
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A new issue not specifically exempted from the Act must be registered before sale
The Securities Act of 1933 requires that a new issue be registered with the SEC before it may be sold to the public, unless the issue is one the Act specifically exempts. Exempt issues are the whole point of that exception, so a rule reaching both exempt and nonexempt issues is too broad. The SEC clears a registration statement for disclosure and never passes on the merits of an offering, and federal registration is separate from qualification with a state administrator.
Private placements are primarily sold to
- A.Investment bankers
- B.Individuals who do not meet the definition of accredited investor
- C.Institutional investors
- D.General public investors
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Institutional investors
Institutional investors are the overwhelming majority of buyers in private placements, although private placement securities may be sold to small numbers of wealthy individuals who meet certain criteria (accredited investors).
For nonexempt securities being offered to the public for the first time by a corporate issuer, which of the following would be applicable?
- A.Securities Act of 1933 regulating securities traded in the secondary market
- B.Securities Act of 1934 regulating securities that must be offered by prospectus
- C.Securities Act of 1933 regulating issues that must be offered by prospectus
- D.Securities Act of 1934 regulating issues that must be offered by prospectus
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Securities Act of 1933 regulating issues that must be offered by prospectus
Nonexempt securities are those that must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the Securities Act of 1933. The Securities Act of 1933 mandates that offerings of these securities must be made by prospectus.
Which of the following best describes a prospectus?
- A.It is a truth-in-lending document required whenever a loan is made to an issuer via the purchase of its debt securities.
- B.It is a full and fair disclosure of all material information and facts regarding the issuance of securities.
- C.It is a useful but not mandatory document showing detailed information intended to offer investors adequate reason to purchase shares.
- D.It is a document, required by securities law, which offers limited information about an issuer's securities to be offered to the public.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: It is a full and fair disclosure of all material information and facts regarding the issuance of securities.
The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requires full and fair disclosure of all material information and facts regarding the issuance of securities. This disclosure is done via a prospectus, which is required to provide investors enough information to make fully informed buying decisions.
Securities sold in an issuer-related transaction would best be described as
- A.A primary offering
- B.A balance of payments
- C.A split offering
- D.A secondary offering
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A primary offering
When an issuer offers stock and the proceeds from the sale are added to the company's capital, it is called a primary offering. By contrast, a secondary offering is one in which one or more shareholders in the corporation sell all or a portion of their equity holdings to the public. The proceeds of a secondary offering are paid to the selling shareholder(s), not the company.
Assets offered and traded in the securities markets can include all of the following except
- A.Equities
- B.Life insurance
- C.Currencies
- D.Derivative products
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Life insurance
Equities (stocks), bonds, currencies, and derivative products like options can be offered and traded in the financial markets. Insurance is not an asset that can be traded in the financial markets.
A company with previously issued shares outstanding wants to issue more shares to the public. These new shares are issued in what is known as
- A.A secondary market offering
- B.An additional public offering (APO).
- C.An initial public offering (IPO)
- D.A secondary registration
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An additional public offering (APO).
The first time that a company issues shares to the public, it engages in an IPO. Later offerings are known as subsequent primary offerings (SPOs) or APOs. The IPO and any SPO or APO are all issuer transactions and are, therefore, done in the primary market.
A company is looking to raise additional capital to fund an expansion plan. The company's senior management chooses to issue additional bonds to the general public. The best expression to explain this type of offering would be
- A.A primary offering
- B.A secondary offering
- C.A private securities offering
- D.An initial public offering (IPO)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A primary offering
A primary offering is one in which the proceeds raised go to the issuing corporation, municipality, or government. The corporation in this case looks to increase its liquid capital by offering bonds. Primary offerings of bonds may be made by an issuer publicly, as is the case, or privately. This question points to an additional public offering (APO) of securities, not an initial public offering.
All of the following names describe the Securities Act of 1933 except
- A.The Prospectus Act.
- B.The Exchange Act.
- C.The Truth in Securities Act.
- D.The Full and Fair Disclosure Act.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Exchange Act.
The Exchange Act is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and covers the secondary markets. The Securities Act of 1933 covers the primary market and requires full and fair disclosure on new issues by providing a prospectus to the investor.
Regarding the sale of a new issue, a customer is considered a restricted person if the person is
- A.Working as a salesperson who works for the issuing firm's underwriter
- B.Working as a salesperson for a supplier of the issuing corporation
- C.A grandparent of an associated person of a member firm
- D.Working as a private investigator collecting information on the issuing firm's competitors
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Working as a salesperson who works for the issuing firm's underwriter
Restricted persons include Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) member firms and their associated persons, such as a salesperson working for an underwriter, plus immediate family members. Immediate family members do not include aunts and uncles or grandparents.
Regarding the purchase of new equity issues (IPOs), restricted persons may
- A.Purchase shares of a new issue only if they are employed by a broker-dealer as a registered representative
- B.Purchase shares of a new issue only if they work for a bank
- C.Purchase shares of a new issue only in amounts that are not substantial in relation to the total number of shares being issued
- D.Not purchase shares of a new issue
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Not purchase shares of a new issue
Persons characterized as restricted persons are prohibited from purchasing shares of new issues in any quantity. If one is already restricted, working for a bank or a broker-dealer does not exempt them from the rule.
A registered representative provides financial support and housing at her home for her grandfather. Regarding the purchase of new issues,
- A.The registered representative is restricted, but her grandfather is not
- B.Both persons are considered restricted
- C.Neither are considered restricted
- D.The grandfather is restricted, but the registered representative is not
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Both persons are considered restricted
Working for a broker-dealer, the registered representative is considered restricted. While grandparents of restricted persons are generally not considered restricted, anyone being provided financial support and/or living under the same roof as a restricted person (as is the case here) is also restricted.
Which of the following statements with regard to the issuance of securities is true?
- A.The cooling-off period beginning when a registration statement is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) can't last longer than 20 days.
- B.The Securities Act of 1933 provides criminal penalties for fraud.
- C.Once a registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) it should be expected that the securities could be sold to the public within two business days.
- D.While the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is reviewing a registration statement for a new offering of securities, the underwriters are permitted to solicit and accept orders for the securities from the public.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Securities Act of 1933 provides criminal penalties for fraud.
The Securities Act of 1933 (also known as the Paper Act, Full Disclosure Act, New Issues Act, Truth in Securities Act, and Prospectus Act) ensures that the investing public is fully informed about a security and its issuer when the security is offered on the primary market. The act provides criminal penalties for fraud in the issuance of new securities. The SEC review period, known as the cooling-off period, must last a minimum of 20 days before the SEC releases the securities for sale to the public (effective date). Solicitations and the acceptance of orders may never occur before the effective date.
Rules to protect the investing public during the public offering process include all of the following except
- A.Limiting the number of shares of an initial public offering (IPO) that may be purchased by the issuing company's employees
- B.Securities industry insiders may not take advantage of their insider status to gain access to new issues for their own benefit
- C.Member firms may not withhold securities in a public offering for their own benefit
- D.Members must offer the securities at the public offering price
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Limiting the number of shares of an initial public offering (IPO) that may be purchased by the issuing company's employees
No rule limits the number of shares that an issuer can direct to persons who are employees of the issuer.
A company's management team has agreed to issue additional shares of common stock in part to provide an employee stock ownership plan. It is agreed the issuance of the stock is not urgent and can wait until more favorable market conditions exist. What type of registration is most suitable under these conditions?
- A.A shelf registration
- B.An expansion registration
- C.An employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) registration
- D.A shadow registration
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A shelf registration
The Securities Act of 1933 permits issuers to quickly raise money in the capital markets when needed or when market conditions are just right. For example, if a company files a shelf registration statement with the Commission, there is no intention to immediately sell the securities. However, when the right time arrives—either interest rates are at a likely low point or funds are needed to complete a project—the company can in essence, take the securities from the shelf without the delay of registering with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), as that has already been done. Shelf registration (shelf offering) is available for both primary and secondary offerings.
During the cooling off period, underwriters would be allowed to do all of the following except
- A.Distribute a preliminary prospectus
- B.Take orders
- C.Take indications of interest
- D.Publish a tombstone
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Take orders
During the cooling off period, sales are not allowed.
Which of the following would be allowed during the cooling off period?
- A.Taking orders
- B.Allocating shares to investors
- C.Distributing a prospectus
- D.Distributing a red herring
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Distributing a red herring
No selling or soliciting is allowed during the cooling off period. Distributing a red herring (a preliminary prospectus) is allowed.
In the capital markets, securities such as stocks and bonds can be
- A.Marketed by all public sector and private sector issuers
- B.Purchased and resold by retail investors and nobody else
- C.Purchased and sold only by institutions in money markets
- D.Distributed and later sold by public sector issuers only
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Marketed by all public sector and private sector issuers
Capital market securities are brought to market by governments and their agencies and by private corporations alike, so both sectors appear on the issuing side. On the buying side individuals and institutions both trade them freely, which is why no restriction to a single class of buyer holds up. Money market instruments are the short term securities of those same issuers, so confining the trading to that market misstates where stocks and bonds change hands.
If an officer of a bank with the authority to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the bank wants to purchase new issues, which of the following statements is true?
- A.The officer may not purchase a new issue unless the amount he wishes to purchase is considered small in relation to the total offering.
- B.The officer may purchase a new issue because anyone is allowed to purchase new issues.
- C.The officer may not purchase a new issue because he is considered a restricted person.
- D.The officer may purchase a new issue because no banking rules prohibit it.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The officer may not purchase a new issue because he is considered a restricted person.
Under the rules regarding the purchase of new issues, bank officers would generally be characterized as restricted persons. They may not, therefore, purchase new issues.
An officer of a broker-dealer firm would be categorized as a restricted person if that individual attempted to purchase
- A.A municipal bond in a state where the officer does not reside
- B.Closed-end funds on the secondary market
- C.Call or put options on a stock in the secondary market
- D.A new issue initial public offering (IPO) at the public offering price
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A new issue initial public offering (IPO) at the public offering price
As restricted persons, officers of broker-dealer firms or other institutional investors are prohibited from purchasing a new issue (IPO) at the public offering price.
For primary and secondary markets, which of the following is true?
- A.In the primary market, the issuer receives the proceeds of each sale
- B.In the secondary market, proceeds are paid over to the issuing agent
- C.In the primary market, investors buy shares from some of the holders
- D.In the secondary market, shares are sold at one fixed offering price
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: In the primary market, the issuer receives the proceeds of each sale
A primary market transaction is an issuer transaction: the securities are sold to the public for the first time and the money raised goes to the issuer on each sale. Once trading moves to the secondary market the issuer is no longer a party, so proceeds pass between investors and never back to the company or its agent. Investor to investor trading is the definition of the secondary market, and a fixed public offering price belongs to the primary distribution rather than to secondary trading.
Public offerings of securities are regulated under
- A.The Securities Act of 1934
- B.Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)'s communications with the public rules.
- C.The Securities Act of 1933
- D.The Consumer Protection Act
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Securities Act of 1933
In a public offering, securities are offered and sold to the investing public. Public offerings of securities are regulated under the Securities Act of 1933.
The XYZ Company is looking to offer shares of its common stock to the public. Which of the following laws enacted by Congress would have the most relevance to the issuance of these securities?
- A.The Securities Investors Protection Act of 1970
- B.The Investment Company Act of 1940
- C.The Securities Act of 1933.
- D.The Trust Indenture Act of 1939
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Securities Act of 1933.
The Securities Act of 1933, also known as the Paper Act or Prospectus Act, is the bedrock of all modern securities law. It requires issuers looking to make a public offering of securities to provide full and fair disclosure of all material facts about the company and the securities being offered. The company does this by registering its securities with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), often with the aid of accountancy firms, securities attorneys, and underwriters. Part of the registration process for newly offered securities is the publishing of a prospectus which all prospective investors must receive at or prior to purchase.
For the primary market, which of the following is true?
- A.All United States exchanges are primary markets where the prices reflect supply and demand
- B.Issuer transactions occur in the primary market and prices there reflect supply and demand
- C.Issuer transactions occur in the primary market and shares carry the public offering price
- D.Secondary market trades occur at a public offering price set by the underwriting syndicate
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Issuer transactions occur in the primary market and shares carry the public offering price
The primary market is where an issuer sells its own securities, and those sales are made at a stated public offering price fixed in the registration statement rather than by bidding. Supply and demand set the price in the secondary market, so pairing issuer transactions with a supply and demand price joins the wrong half of each definition. Exchanges are secondary markets, and a public offering price does not govern the trades made there.
A prospectus displays which of the following?
- A.A guarantee insuring against loss
- B.Performance predictions for a minimum of three years
- C.The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) endorsement
- D.Description of how the proceeds will be used
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Description of how the proceeds will be used
A prospectus will not contain performance predictions, may not imply endorsement of the SEC, nor will it contain guarantees of gains or guarantees against loss.
All of the following are restricted persons except
- A.Finders and fiduciaries acting on behalf of the underwriters
- B.Individual owning 5% of a member firm
- C.Employees of members
- D.Portfolio managers
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Individual owning 5% of a member firm
Rules prohibit member firms from selling public offering stock in equities to any account in which restricted persons are beneficial owners. Restricted persons include Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) members, employees of member firms, finders and fiduciaries acting on behalf of the underwriters, portfolio managers, and any person owning 10% or more of a member firm. Also included are the immediate family members of any restricted persons.
An offering is defined as the sale of a security. Regarding offerings, all of the following are true except
- A.Offerings of stocks can be made to the investing public
- B.Offerings of bonds can be made to the investing public
- C.Offerings can be identified by who is selling the securities issuer or investor
- D.Corporate securities can only be offered in public securities offerings
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Corporate securities can only be offered in public securities offerings
Both stocks and bonds can be made available to the investing public through an offering. Different types of offerings are identified by who is selling the securities—an issuer or another investor. Securities offered by corporations for sale to the investing public are sold to investors through either public or private securities offerings.
The ATOP Company is planning to offer shares of both common and preferred stock to the investing public in order to raise operating capital intended to be used for expansion. Which of the following laws enacted by Congress would be the most relevant when issuing these equity securities to the public?
- A.The Trust Indenture Act of 1939
- B.The Investment Company Act of 1940
- C.The Securities Investors Protection Act of 1970
- D.The Securities Act of 1933
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Securities Act of 1933
The Securities Act of 1933, is also known as the Paper Act, Prospectus Act, or New Issues Act. This federal law requires that issuers who want to raise capital by making a public offering of securities to the public, provide full and fair disclosure of all material facts about the company and the securities being offered.
Ensuring that the investing public is fully informed about a security and its issuing company when shares are first sold in the primary market is covered under which of the following federal acts?
- A.Securities Exchange Act of 1934
- B.Uniform Securities Act
- C.Securities Act of 1933
- D.Investment Company Act of 1940
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Securities Act of 1933
Companies looking to offer securities to the public must provide a prospectus to those who are approached to purchase the shares. This requirement ensures that the investing public is fully informed about a new security and its issuing company.
Which of the following acts requires the registration of most new issues?
- A.The Securities Act of 1933
- B.The Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970
- C.The Securities Market Improvement Act of 1975
- D.The Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Securities Act of 1933
The Securities Act of 1933 requires the registration of most new issues; the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 created the SEC; the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 created the SIPC; the Securities Market Improvement Act of 1975 created the MSRB.
A preliminary prospectus is used to solicit
- A.Sales before the effective date
- B.Sales after the effective date
- C.Indications of interest before the effective date
- D.Indications of interest before the registration filing date
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Indications of interest before the effective date
A preliminary prospectus cannot be distributed before the registration date. Between the registration and effective dates, it is used to solicit or gauge indications of interest. After the effective date, sales can be solicited and a final prospectus would be available and must be used to do so.
A tombstone announcement may contain all of the following except
- A.The names of the lead underwriters
- B.The offer to sell the securities
- C.The number of the shares offered
- D.The date of the public offering
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The offer to sell the securities
A tombstone is an announcement that a distribution is coming rather than a selling document, so it can never carry an offer to sell; an offer may be made only by prospectus. The announcement is permitted to identify the underwriters taking part, state how many shares are being brought to market and give the offering date, because those are descriptive facts rather than solicitation.
An indication of interest given by an investor during the cooling-off period is
- A.A conditional interest in shares that turns binding once the deal is effective
- B.A nonbinding allocation of shares the issuer makes once the issue is effective
- C.A nonbinding offer from the issuer to sell shares once the issue is effective
- D.A nonbinding declaration of the interest in buying once the issue is effective
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A nonbinding declaration of the interest in buying once the issue is effective
An indication of interest is a nonbinding declaration of the interest in buying once the issue is effective; it comes from the investor and commits no one. It is not a conditional interest that turns binding once the deal is effective, because the investor must still confirm an order. It is not an allocation of shares the issuer makes, and it is not an offer from the issuer to sell, since both of those flow from the selling side rather than from the investor.
Regarding the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) when new securities are to be issued, all of the following are true except
- A.A description of how the proceeds raised from the sale will be used must be disclosed
- B.The names and addresses of company officers and directors, their salaries, and a five-year business history of each must be shown
- C.Underwriters may assist the issuer in preparing and filing the registration statement
- D.The accuracy and adequacy of the registration documents is the responsibility of the underwriters
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The accuracy and adequacy of the registration documents is the responsibility of the underwriters
While underwriters (broker-dealers and investment bankers) may assist the issuer in preparing and filing the registration statement, the accuracy and adequacy of the registration documents is the responsibility of the issuer. Full disclosure is also made on a number of issues, including but not limited to names and addresses of company officers and a description of how the sale proceeds will be used.
The statement "These securities have not been approved or disapproved nor have any representations been made about the accuracy or the adequacy of the information" is
- A.Placed by the issuer in the preliminary prospectus
- B.Mandated to be in the final prospectus by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
- C.Is the disclaimer placed by the underwriters in a tombstone advertisement
- D.Mandated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) to be placed in both the preliminary and final prospectus
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Mandated to be in the final prospectus by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
Commonly known as the Securities and Exchange Commission's disclaimer, the SEC mandates that it be found in the final prospectus.
Which of the following would most closely match the meaning of a red herring?
- A.A registration statement
- B.Prospectus
- C.A tombstone advertisement
- D.A preliminary prospectus
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A preliminary prospectus
A preliminary prospectus is also known as a red herring. The red herring does not include key information about the issue such as price and the number of shares offered. The term is derived from the disclaimer printed in red on the cover page.
An investor requests a preliminary prospectus for a new issue. Regarding the document which of the following is true?
- A.Receipt of it is a commitment that the underwriters will sell securities to the recipient.
- B.The final price for the securities is published within it.
- C.It is made available between the registration date and the effective date.
- D.It can be deemed an offer to sell securities to the public.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: It is made available between the registration date and the effective date.
The preliminary prospectus (red herring) is a prospecting tool used to gauge indications of interest. It is made available to those who request it between the registration date and the effective date (cooling-off period). Receiving it is not a commitment to purchase shares and making it available is not a commitment to sell shares to the recipient. No final price would be found on a preliminary prospectus.
An underwriter is placing a tombstone advertisement for a company's new issue. A prospective investor might expect to see all of the following information on the advertisement except
- A.The number of shares to be sold
- B.The names of the underwriting members
- C.The type of security to be sold (stock or bond)
- D.The names of the company's officers
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The names of the company's officers
Information on a tombstone, those advertisements allowed to be placed prior to the effective date, is limited to; name of issuer, type of security, number of shares to be sold, public offering price or expected range, and names of the underwriters or group.
During the cooling-off period of a new registration filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
- A.A red herring may be given to prospective investors
- B.Indications of interest received are binding on the broker-dealers
- C.Sales literature may be distributed with the preliminary prospectus
- D.Tombstone advertisements may not be published
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A red herring may be given to prospective investors
During the minimum 20-day cooling-off period, tombstone ads may be published, and a preliminary prospectus, also known as a red herring, may be distributed to prospective investors. Sales literature may not be distributed and indications of interest are not binding on either the investor or broker-dealer.
Which of the following will not be found in a final prospectus?
- A.Statement that the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) neither approves nor disapproves of the issue
- B.Effective date and offering price
- C.Business plan and use of the proceeds
- D.Agreement among underwriters
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Agreement among underwriters
The agreement among underwriters is not a part of a prospectus.
Regarding the purchase of a new equity issue, an account where a restricted person has a beneficial interest would be allowed to purchase the new shares at the public offering price
- A.Never, because a restricted person holds an interest here
- B.Only when restricted persons control under 15% of it
- C.Only if the restricted interest does not exceed 10%
- D.Always, because the account is not completely their own
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Only if the restricted interest does not exceed 10%
A restricted person may hold a beneficial interest in an account that buys a new equity issue at the public offering price so long as restricted persons own no more than 10% of the account. Above that share the whole account is treated as restricted and is shut out of the issue. The rule is neither a flat prohibition nor a free pass, and 15% sits above the level the rule allows.
Which of the following choices would best describe a follow-on offering?
- A.An initial public offering (IPO) that has additional shares added by the issuer on the effective date
- B.An offering to the employees of the issuing company
- C.The common stock that is issued attached to a rights offering
- D.An issue of shares by a public company that is already listed on an exchange
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An issue of shares by a public company that is already listed on an exchange
A follow-on public offer (FPO) is an issue of shares by a public company [registered and reporting to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)] that is currently listed on an exchange and has previously gone through the IPO process. FPOs are popular methods for companies to raise additional equity capital in the capital markets through a stock issue.
When choosing to issue additional bonds to the general public in order to raise more capital, a corporate issuer is engaging in
- A.A secondary offering
- B.An initial public offering
- C.A primary offering
- D.A private securities offering
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A primary offering
A primary corporate offering is one in which the proceeds raised go to the issuing corporation. Primary offerings of bonds may be made by an issuer to the general public as an initial public offering (IPO) or, as is the case here, in an additional public offering (APO). Both are primary offerings.
Which of the following offerings is most likely exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933?
- A.Additional public securities offerings
- B.Registered shelf securities offerings
- C.Initial public securities offerings
- D.Private nonpublic securities offerings
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Private nonpublic securities offerings
Securities offered privately rather than to the public are exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, which is why private placements are used by issuers that want to avoid registration. Initial public offerings, additional public offerings and shelf offerings are all public distributions and all of them must be registered before any sale is made.
The Securities Act of 1933 protects investors who buy new issues by doing all of the following except
- A.Regulating the underwriting and distribution of primary and secondary issues
- B.Requiring an issuer to provide full and fair disclosure
- C.Requiring the licensing of persons affiliated with broker-dealers
- D.Providing criminal penalties for fraud in the issuance of new securities
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Requiring the licensing of persons affiliated with broker-dealers
Licensing of individuals associated with broker-dealers is mandated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Securities Act of 1933 protects investors who buy new issues regulating, among other things, registration of new issues, underwriting, full disclosure, and the potential for fraud in the issuance of securities.
Rules regarding restricted persons state that each of the following is considered immediate family except
- A.Parents
- B.A brother or a sister
- C.A mother-in-law or a father-in-law
- D.An aunt or an uncle
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An aunt or an uncle
Rules regarding restricted persons define immediate family as spouses, parents, siblings, in-laws, and children. Aunts and uncles and grandparents are excluded (not considered immediate family).
In a split offering,
- A.Shares are created by the corporation and sold by existing shareholders
- B.Every share offered comes from investors who already owned those shares
- C.Each share offered is newly created and distributed by that corporation
- D.Existing shareholders get rights to subscribe for the new shares issued
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Shares are created by the corporation and sold by existing shareholders
A split offering, also called a combination offering, brings two blocks of stock to the public at once: newly created shares that come from the corporation and outstanding shares released by shareholders who already hold them. If every share came from existing holders the deal would be a secondary offering, and if every share were newly created it would be a primary offering. A rights subscription is an offer made to current shareholders rather than a sale to the public.
Under the de minimis exemption, an initial public offering of common stock may be sold to an account where restricted persons have a beneficial interest as long as their interest in the account does not exceed
- A.20%.
- B.10%.
- C.25%.
- D.5%.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 10%.
If the beneficial interests of restricted persons do not exceed 10% of an account, the account may purchase a new equity issue.
Raising funds is generally accomplished by corporations through the issuance of stock (equity) or bonds (debt). This is done in
- A.The funding market
- B.The secondary market
- C.The currency market
- D.The capital market
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The capital market
The issuance of stock or bonds by corporations to raise new funds takes place in the capital market.
Restricted persons are not allowed to purchase an IPO of common stock. All of the following are restricted persons except
- A.Broker-dealers
- B.Any person owning 10% or more of a member firm
- C.Registered representatives
- D.The grandparent of a restricted person
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The grandparent of a restricted person
Immediate family to a restricted person is a restricted person. This includes parents, in-laws, spouses, siblings, children, or any other individual to whom the person provides material support. Aunts and uncles as well as grandparents are not considered immediate family. If, however, one of these individuals lives in the same household as a restricted person, that individual would be a restricted person.
A corporation increases capitalization by selling shares of stock which can either come from a new issue or previously authorized but unissued shares. Total stock outstanding must
- A.Never equal the number of shares issued
- B.Always equal the number shares authorized
- C.Always be greater than the number of shares issued
- D.Never exceed the number of shares authorized
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Never exceed the number of shares authorized
A corporation's bylaws state the maximum number of shares authorized to be issued. Therefore, issued shares, those in the hands of public shareholders (outstanding shares) can never exceed the number of shares that were authorized. While those outstanding shares can therefore never be greater than the number of shares issued they could equal the number of shares issued.
Mrs. Jones is an employee of a member firm and as such is a restricted person regarding the purchase of new issues. She belongs to an investment club and has a 1% interest in the club's brokerage account. The investment club
- A.Is restricted, so it must be locked out of every new equity issue
- B.Is not restricted, so it may buy this issue at the offering price
- C.Is restricted, but may purchase up to a 1% share of that offering
- D.Is not restricted, but it must wait until the whole issue is sold
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Is not restricted, so it may buy this issue at the offering price
An account is treated as restricted only when restricted persons hold more than 10% of its beneficial interest. Mrs. Jones holds 1% of the investment club's account, far below that level, so the club is not a restricted account and it may buy shares of an initial public offering at the public offering price like any other customer. Being unrestricted carries no waiting period, and the 10% figure governs ownership of the account rather than the size of a purchase.
Six days into the cooling-off period, an issuer receives a deficiency letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requesting clarification and corrections. Once the issuer submits these, and assuming that they satisfy the deficiency, the cooling-off period will resume. With no other deficiencies arising, the issue should become effective in
- A.8 days.
- B.15 days.
- C.20 days.
- D.14 days.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 14 days.
When the issuer submits the corrections necessary to satisfy the deficiency letter, the 20-day cooling-off period picks up where it left off; in this case, from six days, which means that the issue should be effective 14 days later.
A tombstone advertisement would be expected to include all of the following information except
- A.The price or price range at which the securities are expected to be offered
- B.An advisory that the advertisement is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer for any of these securities
- C.Any inherent risks associated with the offering or the issuer offering the securities
- D.The name of the issuer and underwriters if they are being used to assist in the offering
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Any inherent risks associated with the offering or the issuer offering the securities
While any inherent risks associated with the issuer or the securities the issuer is offering would be expected to be shown in a prospectus, they would not be expected to be found nor is it required that they be shown in a tombstone advertisement. Each of the remaining answer choices shows information expected to be shown in these ads.
Which of the following situations may not be disclosed to a potential buyer while a security is in registration?
- A.There will be a road show in New York City in May.
- B.The issue is being offered through ABC Investment Bank.
- C.The issue is expected to be priced in early June.
- D.A brokerage report shows the security is properly undervalued.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A brokerage report shows the security is properly undervalued.
Brokerage reports may not be distributed while a security is in registration. Expected dates for pricing and road shows (due diligence meetings) may be communicated to potential buyers. The underwriters are named in the issue's registration statement.
A final prospectus contains all of the following except
- A.The use of the proceeds
- B.History of the business
- C.Description of the management
- D.SEC approval.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: SEC approval.
The SEC neither approves nor disapproves a final prospectus; they allow the issue to become effective. Beware of any approval language when referring to a regulator.
If it finds that the registration statement needs revision, expansion, or to have corrections made, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) may suspend the review of the new issue and issue a deficiency letter. Once the issuer submits a corrected registration statement, the 20-day cooling-off period
- A.Begins anew
- B.Considered over allowing the registration to be effective
- C.Is increased by 10 business days to accommodate review of the new information
- D.Resumes where it had left off
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Resumes where it had left off
The SEC neither approves nor disapproves a final prospectus; they allow the issue to become effective. Beware of any approval language when referring to a regulator.
State registration is not required if the transaction is exempt. An example of an exempt transaction would be
- A.One involving municipal bonds
- B.One that is solicited
- C.One that is unsolicited
- D.One involving U.S. government bonds.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: One that is unsolicited
Purchases and sales that are unsolicited (unsolicited transactions) are exempt under the blue-sky (state securities) laws. Municipal bonds and U.S. government bonds are examples of exempt securities, not transactions.
Regarding the issuance of new securities to the public, which of the following is true?
- A.The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) review of a new issues filing must always be longer than 20 days.
- B.The Securities Act of 1933 provides criminal penalties for fraud.
- C.Underwriters are permitted to accept orders for securities during the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) review period.
- D.Registrations become effective within 10 business days of Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filing.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Securities Act of 1933 provides criminal penalties for fraud.
The Securities Act of 1933, which provides for criminal penalties for fraud in the issuance of new securities, ensures that investors are fully informed about a security and its issuer when the security is offered to the public. The SEC review or cooling-off period must last a minimum of 20 days before the SEC releases the securities for sale to the public (effective date). Solicitations and the acceptance of orders may never occur before the effective date.
During the cooling-off period, underwriters may not
- A.Place tombstone advertisements in the financial newspapers
- B.Distribute sales literature about these offered securities
- C.Distribute preliminary prospectuses to the retail accounts
- D.Collect indications of interest from potential subscribers
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Distribute sales literature about these offered securities
Nothing that promotes the issue may be circulated during the cooling off period, so sales literature and advertising material about the securities are barred until the registration is effective. What underwriters may do in that window is limited to informational activity: running a tombstone announcement, handing out the preliminary prospectus and recording indications of interest from the subscribers who read it.
After the issuer files a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the time known as the cooling-off period begins. This allows a registration to become effective as early as
- A.20 calendar days after the date the SEC has received it.
- B.20 business days after the date the SEC has received it.
- C.40 business days after the date the SEC has received it.
- D.40 calendar days after the date the SEC has received it.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 20 calendar days after the date the SEC has received it.
Once the registration statement has been received by the SEC, a cooling-off period begins and it must last at least 20 calendar days. This allows the registration to become effective as early as 20 calendar days after the date the SEC has received it.
After the filing of a registration for a new issue with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and still in the registration's cooling-off period, broker-dealers may
- A.Give a red herring to prospective investors
- B.Distribute sales literature with the preliminary prospectus
- C.Never publish tombstone advertisements
- D.Take binding indications of interest received from prospective investors
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Give a red herring to prospective investors
During the cooling-off period, red herrings (preliminary prospectuses) may be distributed and tombstone advertisements may be published. Indications of interest can be taken but are nonbinding on all parties. Sales literature may not be distributed during the cooling-off period.
When an investor receives a final prospectus, the expectation should be that one of the following would not be found. Which is it?
- A.The SEC's own verification of the offering's factual accuracy
- B.The intended application of the IPO's total offering proceeds
- C.The significant risks facing purchasers of the offered shares
- D.The day the SEC declares the registration statement effective
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The SEC's own verification of the offering's factual accuracy
A final prospectus carries the SEC disclaimer stating that the Commission has neither approved nor disapproved the securities and has made no representation about the accuracy or adequacy of the information, so a verification of accuracy is the one item a reader will never find in it. The document is required to disclose how the money raised will be used, the risks a purchaser takes on and the date the registration became effective.
The prospectus delivery requirement, access equals delivery, is satisfied when
- A.The final prospectus has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and is available on the SEC's website for investors to see
- B.A red herring is initially sent by mail to investors during the cooling-off period
- C.The preliminary prospectus has been filed with FINRA and is therefore available on FINRA's website for investors to see
- D.The final prospectus has been filed with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and is available on FINRA's website for investors to see
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The final prospectus has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and is available on the SEC's website for investors to see
Beyond physical delivery of a paper prospectus, access equals delivery is the industry standard for meeting the final prospectus delivery requirements. It is deemed to be satisfied when the final prospectus has been filed with the SEC and is therefore available on the SEC's website for investors to log in and see. This standard does not apply to delivery of a preliminary prospectus before the effective date.
Underwriters acting as principals and committing to purchase any unsold shares for the syndicate account would best be described as being engaged in
- A.An initial public offering (IPO)
- B.A primary
- C.A best efforts
- D.A firm commitment
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A firm commitment
In a firm commitment underwriters contract with the issuer to buy its securities, acting as principals rather than agents. They are committing to purchase any unsold shares for the syndicate account. In this type of underwriting, it is the underwriters who are at risk for any shares they cannot sell to the public, not the issuer. The issuer knows that ultimately all of the securities will be sold, and all of the capital needed will be raised.
A select pair or group of companies organized to underwrite corporate or municipal securities is best known as
- A.A syndicate
- B.An investment club
- C.A market maker
- D.An introducing broker-dealer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A syndicate
A syndicate is two or more broker-dealers (investment bankers) which work with an issuer through, for example, the registration process in the case of corporate securities and bring the issuer's securities to the market by selling them to investors. There are syndicates that specialize in underwriting municipal bonds. The members of a syndicate are also known as the underwriters or collectively the underwriting group.
Tombstone ads
- A.Must be placed in all new offerings
- B.Are offers to sell securities to the public
- C.Are permitted before the effective date
- D.Are disclosures detailing all the information shown in a prospectus
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Are permitted before the effective date
Tombstone ads are the only form of advertising that is permitted from the time the registration statement is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the effective date of the offering. While they are not mandatory for new issues, they can be used as an announcement and description of the securities to be offered, showing only minimal information. They are not an offer to sell the securities.
Which type of underwriting is characterized by the broker-dealer buying the entire issue from the issuer and then reoffering it to the public?
- A.Best efforts underwriting
- B.Standby rights underwriting
- C.Mini-max offering underwriting
- D.Firm commitment underwriting
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Firm commitment underwriting
In a firm commitment the underwriter buys the entire issue from the issuer into its own inventory and then resells it, so the underwriter carries the risk of any shares that go unsold. A best efforts underwriter acts only as an agent and returns whatever it cannot place. A mini-max offering sets a floor and a ceiling on the amount that may be sold, and a standby underwriter agrees to take only the shares that current holders decline in a rights offering.
In a combination (or split) offering,
- A.Each share offered is a newly registered security issued by the corporation
- B.New shares are issued by the corporation and delivered to their bondholders
- C.New shares come from the corporation and existing shares from their holders
- D.Each share offered is an outstanding security held by one original investor
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: New shares come from the corporation and existing shares from their holders
A combination offering splits the shares sold to the public between two sources: some are newly issued by the corporation and the rest are outstanding shares released by shareholders who already own them, which is exactly why the offering is called a split. A distribution made up entirely of new shares is a primary offering, and one made up entirely of outstanding shares is a secondary offering. Delivering new shares to bondholders describes a conversion rather than a public offering.
A member firm receives an order to purchase shares in a common stock initial public offering (IPO) from another broker-dealer for a customer. Regarding restricted persons, the member must
- A.Refuse to accept the order
- B.Obtain a statement witnessed by a notary representing that the buyer is not restricted
- C.Obtain a list of all of the broker-dealer clients to determine eligibility
- D.Obtain a written representation that the buyer is not a restricted person
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Obtain a written representation that the buyer is not a restricted person
When receiving an order to buy a new equity issue, a member must obtain a written representation that purchasers are in compliance with rules regarding sales of new issues to restricted persons (i.e., they are not restricted persons).
In an underwriting where fixing a minimum dollar amount to be sold in order to move forward with the entire offering is most commonly referred to as
- A.All or none (AON)
- B.De minimis
- C.Firm commitment
- D.Mini-max
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Mini-max
A mini-max offering is a best efforts underwriting setting a floor or minimum, which is the least amount the issuer needs to raise in order to move forward with the underwriting, and a ceiling or maximum on the dollar amount of securities the issuer is willing to sell.
Capital markets can be characterized by all of the following except
- A.They would include stock and bond markets
- B.Securities traded in them can be bought and sold by both individuals and institutions
- C.Entities can utilize them to finance both long- and short-term capital needs
- D.They are utilized by the public sector only
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: They are utilized by the public sector only
In capital markets, both public and private sectors sell securities (stocks and bonds) to raise funds to finance both long-and short-term initiatives. Both individuals and institutions can trade securities in these markets.
A person who looks to provide advice to a city government concerning the issuance of municipal debt securities would best be described as
- A.A market maker
- B.An investment adviser
- C.A municipal securities representative
- D.A municipal advisor
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A municipal advisor
A municipal advisor is a person that provides advice to or on behalf of a municipal entity with respect to municipal products or the issuance of municipal securities.
Certain investors are deemed accredited when they have a net worth of
- A.$1 million, with the investor's house counted at full value
- B.$1 million, counting only the assets in a brokerage account
- C.$200,000, excluding any of the equity in a family residence
- D.$1 million, excluding the net equity in a primary residence
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $1 million, excluding the net equity in a primary residence
A natural person is an accredited investor with a net worth of $1 million or more, and the net equity in the primary residence is left out of that calculation, so counting the home at full value overstates the figure. Net worth is measured across all of the investor's assets and liabilities rather than the holdings in a brokerage account alone. The $200,000 figure belongs to the separate income test, which looks at annual income in each of the two most recent years.
A corporate issuer of common stock has decided that it wants an agreement that its underwriter must either raise all of the capital needed or cancel the underwriting. To best accommodate this the underwriting should be
- A.A firm commitment
- B.A mini-max
- C.An immediate of cancel
- D.An all or none (AON)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An all or none (AON)
In an AON underwriting, the issuing company has determined that it wants the underwriter to sell all of the shares required to raise all of the capital needed or cancel the underwriting. Because of the uncertainty over the outcome of an AON offering, any funds collected from investors during the offering period must be held in escrow pending final disposition of the underwriting.
A company that offers sales of another company's securities would best be described as
- A.A transfer agent
- B.An underwriter
- C.A market maker
- D.An issuer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An underwriter
A broker-dealer (investment banker) that works with an issuer to bring the issuer's securities to the market by offering the securities for sale to investors is best described in this context as an underwriter.
Which of the following would take place in the primary market?
- A.Securities bought and sold on the NYSE
- B.Securities sold on both the OTC and NYSE
- C.Securities sold to the public by the issuer
- D.Securities bought and sold on the OTC
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Securities sold to the public by the issuer
When an issuer is selling its securities, that is a primary market transaction.
A municipal advisor does which of the following activities?
- A.Advises municipalities on selling securities
- B.Advises institutions on selling municipal bonds
- C.Advises municipalities on buying securities
- D.Advises institutions on buying municipal bonds
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Advises municipalities on selling securities
A municipal advisor acts under contract with a municipality, providing advice on the structure and sale of the municipality's securities. A municipal advisor may not switch from that role to the role of an underwriter on an issue the advisor has consulted on.
The access equals delivery rule applies to
- A.The final prospectus and aftermarket delivery obligations
- B.The final prospectus delivery requirements during the cooling-off period
- C.All prospectuses delivered before the registration date
- D.The preliminary prospectus delivery requirements during the cooling-off period
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The final prospectus and aftermarket delivery obligations
The access equals delivery rule applies to the final prospectus and aftermarket prospectus delivery obligations. It does not apply to preliminary prospectuses. No prospectus can be delivered before the registration date.
Primary market transactions would include which of the following?
- A.Sale of $10 million of corporate stock by a broker-dealer acting as a market maker
- B.Sale of $10 million of corporate bond by a broker-dealer acting as an underwriter
- C.Sale of $10 million of U.S. Treasury bonds by a broker-dealer acting as a market maker
- D.Sale of $10 million of municipal bonds by a broker-dealer acting as a market maker
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Sale of $10 million of corporate bond by a broker-dealer acting as an underwriter
Market makers are broker-dealers who sell out of their own account in the secondary market. Underwriters are broker-dealers who help issuers bring their securities to market in the primary market.
Which of the following calls for the underwriters to buy securities from the issuer acting as an agent, not as principal?
- A.Initial public offering
- B.Firm commitment underwriting
- C.Follow-on offering
- D.Best efforts underwriting
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Best efforts underwriting
In a best efforts underwriting the underwriters (syndicate) buy securities from the issuer acting simply as an agent, not as principal. This means that the underwriter is not committed to purchasing the shares and is therefore not at risk. The underwriter acts as an agent contingent on its ability to sell shares in either a public offering or a private placement.
Sales for new issues of securities may be solicited
- A.After the cooling-off period
- B.Before, during, or after the cooling-off period, if done with a final prospectus
- C.Before the cooling-off period
- D.During the cooling-off period
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: After the cooling-off period
Sales can only be solicited after the cooling-off period (upon the effective date). Solicitations of all sales must be done with a final prospectus.
When the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) clears securities for sale to the investing public, this is
- A.The time upon which the SEC approves the securities
- B.The due date
- C.The effective date
- D.The exudate
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The effective date
The effective date is when the SEC clears an issue to be sold to the public; the registration becomes effective. At no time does the SEC approve, disapprove, or make any representation that the information in the registration documents is accurate.
The federal law requiring companies offering public equity or debt securities to provide a prospectus to investors is known as
- A.The Securities Exchange Act of 1934
- B.The Securities Investors Protection Act of 1970
- C.The Securities Act of 1933
- D.The Trust Indenture Act of 1939
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Securities Act of 1933
The Securities Act of 1933 is also known as the Prospectus Act. With limited exceptions, companies looking to offer securities to the public must provide a prospectus to those who are approached about purchasing those securities. A prospectus is a disclosure document that provides key information about the company.
Which of the following best describes a final prospectus?
- A.Meets the full and fair disclosure requirements of the Securities Act of 1933
- B.Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) but is never made available to the general public
- C.Must be refiled with the SEC on an annual basis
- D.Used to solicit indications of interest in a new issue during the cooling-off period
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Meets the full and fair disclosure requirements of the Securities Act of 1933
A prospectus is a disclosure document meant for distribution to the public. It must constitute full and fair disclosure of all material facts about the issuer and the security. Only a preliminary prospectus or tombstone ads can be used during the cooling-off period.
A preliminary prospectus (red herring)
- A.Will show the final offering price
- B.May be used to gather indications of interest
- C.May not be distributed during the cooling-off period
- D.If requested by an investor serves as a binding order to purchase shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: May be used to gather indications of interest
The preliminary prospectus (red herring) can be used as a prospecting tool, allowing issuers and underwriters to gather nonbinding indications of interest. It must be made available and is intended to be distributed to any customer who expresses interest in the securities during the cooling-off period. There is no final price shown in a preliminary prospectus.
Securities regulations that are called blue-sky laws refer to those at
- A.Both the state and the federal level
- B.The state level
- C.Neither the state nor the federal level
- D.The federal level
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The state level
These are state laws that pertain to the issuance and trading of securities within that state. They are known as blue-sky laws because of a statement made by a Kansas Supreme Court justice who referred to "speculative schemes that have no more basis than so many feet of blue sky."
A tombstone advertisement placed before the effective date can
- A.Only be placed by those assisting the issuing company in the underwriting
- B.Be placed by the issuer directly or by the underwriters
- C.Always be deemed to be an offer to sell the securities
- D.Only be placed by the issuing company
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Be placed by the issuer directly or by the underwriters
Tombstone advertisements can be placed by either the issuer or the underwriters and are the only ads that can be placed before the registration's effective date. They are not an offer or solicitation to sell the securities.
Underwriters who are assisting an issuer in bringing securities to the investing public can do which of the following between the time the registration was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the effective date?
- A.Mail sales brochures for the shares to the investing public.
- B.Distribute a preliminary prospectus to the investing public.
- C.Take full payment for the shares from the investing public.
- D.Send written confirmations of sales to the investing public.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Distribute a preliminary prospectus to the investing public.
During the cooling-off period, underwriters may distribute a preliminary prospectus to the investing public to gauge interest. They may not take full payment for the shares, mail sales brochures about the issue, or send written confirmations of sales, because no sales or binding orders are allowed until the registration becomes effective.
Which of the following regarding capital and money markets is true
- A.Money markets provide intermediate to long-term financing.
- B.Capital markets provide intermediate to long-term financing.
- C.Capital markets provide short-term financing.
- D.Money markets provide long-term financing.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Capital markets provide intermediate to long-term financing.
The capital market serves as a source of intermediate to long-term financing. The money market, on the other hand, provides short-term financing.
SEC staff find evidence that a registered representative knowingly stole money from customer accounts. Which statement correctly describes what the SEC itself can do?
- A.Seek civil penalties in federal court and refer the theft to FINRA for criminal charges and a trial
- B.File criminal charges in federal court and refer the theft to FINRA for civil penalties and a bar
- C.Seek civil penalties in federal court and refer the theft to the Justice Department for criminal charges
- D.File criminal charges in federal court and refer the theft to the state regulator for civil penalties and a bar
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Seek civil penalties in federal court and refer the theft to the Justice Department for criminal charges
The SEC is a civil enforcement agency: it can sue in federal court or bring administrative proceedings for penalties, disgorgement and bars, but it cannot prosecute crimes, so it refers criminal conduct to the Department of Justice. FINRA is a self-regulatory organization with no power to bring criminal charges. The two options that have the SEC filing criminal charges itself describe authority it does not have.
A FINRA member firm that deals in municipal bonds marks up a customer trade in violation of the fair-pricing rule for municipal securities. Which statement correctly describes who wrote the rule and who examines the firm and enforces it?
- A.The MSRB wrote the rule, and FINRA examines the firm and enforces it
- B.FINRA wrote the rule, and the MSRB examines the firm and enforces it
- C.The MSRB wrote the rule, and the MSRB examines the firm and enforces it
- D.The SEC wrote the rule, and the MSRB examines the firm and enforces it
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The MSRB wrote the rule, and FINRA examines the firm and enforces it
The MSRB writes the rules for municipal securities dealers, including fair pricing, but it has no examination or enforcement staff of its own. For securities firms, FINRA (along with the SEC) examines and enforces MSRB rules; for bank dealers, the federal bank regulators do. Having the MSRB enforce its own rules is the most common confusion, because most rule-writers are also enforcers.
A SIPC-member broker-dealer fails. One customer has an individual account holding $100,000 of stock and $340,000 of cash, plus a traditional IRA holding $180,000 of bonds. Assuming no assets are recovered from the firm, what is the most SIPC will advance to this customer?
- A.$500,000
- B.$380,000
- C.$430,000
- D.$530,000
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $530,000
The individual account and the IRA are separate customer capacities, each with its own $500,000 limit. In the individual account the cash is capped at $250,000, so it is protected for $100,000 plus $250,000, or $350,000; the IRA's $180,000 is fully protected, for a total of $530,000. Treating both accounts as one customer under a single $500,000 limit gives $500,000, which is the most tempting wrong answer.
The FOMC directs the New York Fed to sell large amounts of Treasury securities in the open market. Which outcome is most likely to follow?
- A.Bank reserves rise, short-term rates fall, and prices of existing bonds rise
- B.Bank reserves fall, short-term rates rise, and prices of existing bonds fall
- C.Bank reserves fall, short-term rates rise, and prices of existing bonds rise
- D.Bank reserves rise, short-term rates rise, and prices of existing bonds fall
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Bank reserves fall, short-term rates rise, and prices of existing bonds fall
When the Fed sells Treasuries, buyers pay with money that leaves the banking system, so reserves fall, money tightens and short-term rates rise. Because bond prices move inversely to rates, prices of existing bonds fall. Thinking that a Fed sale pumps money into the economy leads to the opposite chain, with reserves and bond prices rising.
Inflation is running well above target and the economy is overheating. Which combination of actions would both work to slow the economy?
- A.The Fed raises the discount rate and Congress cuts federal income tax rates
- B.The Fed raises the discount rate and Congress increases federal highway spending
- C.The Fed sells Treasuries in the open market and Congress raises income tax rates
- D.The Fed buys Treasuries in the open market and Congress raises income tax rates
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Fed sells Treasuries in the open market and Congress raises income tax rates
Selling Treasuries drains bank reserves and pushes rates up (tight monetary policy), and raising taxes takes spending power out of the economy (tight fiscal policy), so both slow growth. Buying Treasuries is easing, not tightening. Raising the discount rate does tighten, but more federal spending or lower taxes is expansionary fiscal policy that works against it.
The FOMC lowers its target for the federal funds rate. Which of the following rates does each commercial bank set for its own customers, and typically lower in step?
- A.The yield the Treasury pays on its newly auctioned two-year notes
- B.The rate the Fed charges banks borrowing at its discount window
- C.The rate banks charge their most creditworthy business borrowers
- D.The overnight rate banks charge one another for reserve balances
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The rate banks charge their most creditworthy business borrowers
The prime rate is the rate commercial banks charge their most creditworthy business borrowers, and each bank sets it, usually moving it in step with the fed funds target. The overnight rate between banks is the fed funds rate itself, which is market-set around the Fed's target rather than a rate a bank sets for its customers. The discount rate is set by the Fed, and Treasury note yields are set by auction demand.
Which interest rate does the Federal Reserve set itself, by its own decision, rather than only announcing a target that market trading is steered toward?
- A.The bank prime loan rate
- B.The broker call loan rate
- C.The federal funds rate
- D.The discount window rate
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The discount window rate
The discount window rate, charged on loans from a Federal Reserve Bank to member banks, is set by the Fed itself. The federal funds rate is the most tempting choice because headlines say the Fed 'set rates', but the FOMC only sets a target range; the actual rate is what banks charge each other overnight. The prime rate and the broker call rate are set by commercial banks.
An analyst wants a labor-market series that tends to turn before the overall economy does. Which series is classified as a leading indicator?
- A.Change in labor cost per unit of output
- B.Change in employees on nonfarm payrolls
- C.Initial claims for unemployment insurance
- D.Average duration of unemployment in weeks
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Initial claims for unemployment insurance
Initial claims for unemployment insurance is one of the Conference Board's leading indicators, because new layoffs show up before output falls. Average duration of unemployment is the near-identical trap: it is a lagging indicator, since spells lengthen only after a downturn is underway. Nonfarm payroll employment is coincident, and labor cost per unit of output is lagging.
Which item is reported on a company's balance sheet rather than on its income statement?
- A.Retained earnings
- B.Net operating income
- C.Net interest income
- D.Earnings per share
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Retained earnings
Retained earnings is part of shareholders' equity, so it appears on the balance sheet, which shows assets, liabilities and equity at a point in time. Earnings per share is the tempting choice because it also has 'earnings' in its name, but it is calculated from net income over a period and reported on the income statement. Operating income and net interest income are income statement items too.
An economist argues that recessions and inflation are best managed by having the central bank grow the money supply at a steady, predictable rate, and that deficit spending by Congress does little lasting good. Which school of thought is this?
- A.Keynesian economics
- B.Monetarist economics
- C.Classical economics
- D.Supply-side economics
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Monetarist economics
Monetarist economics, associated with Milton Friedman, holds that steady control of the money supply is the main lever for stable growth and prices. Keynesian economics is the tempting choice because it is the best-known 'policy' school, but it calls for active government spending and deficits in a recession, which this economist rejects. Supply-side economics focuses on cutting taxes to spur production, and classical economics favors minimal intervention of any kind.
A client holds ADRs of a German company. Over the past year the company's shares were unchanged in euros on the Frankfurt exchange, while the dollar weakened against the euro. Ignoring fees, what most likely happened to the ADRs' price in U.S. dollars?
- A.It stayed flat, because ADRs are priced and traded in U.S. dollars
- B.It rose, because each euro of value now converts into more dollars
- C.It stayed flat, because the shares did not move in their home market
- D.It fell, because each euro of value now converts into fewer dollars
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: It rose, because each euro of value now converts into more dollars
It rose, because each euro of value now converts into more dollars: the ADR tracks the euro value of the underlying shares, translated at the current exchange rate, so a weaker dollar raises its dollar price. The tempting wrong answer is that it stayed flat because ADRs trade in dollars, but trading in dollars does not remove currency risk. The price did not fall, because a weaker dollar means each euro buys more dollars, not fewer.
A SIPC-member broker-dealer fails while holding a customer's account. Which asset in the account falls outside SIPC protection?
- A.Shares of a government money market mutual fund
- B.A certificate of deposit from an FDIC-insured bank
- C.A $40,000 cash balance from a recent stock sale
- D.A fixed annuity contract from a life insurer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A fixed annuity contract from a life insurer
A fixed annuity contract from a life insurer is not protected, because SIPC does not cover fixed annuities that are not registered with the SEC. The bank CD is the tempting choice because people assume only FDIC covers it, but SIPC protects CDs held in a brokerage account as part of the customer's property. Money market fund shares are protected as securities, and cash awaiting reinvestment is protected up to the $250,000 cash limit.
Trading, Accounts & Prohibited Activities (143)
Your client, Mary Quinn, wants to place an order to sell a stock in her portfolio when the current price is 45, but she is only willing to sell if she can sell for at least 47. Which order should she place?
- A.A sell stop limit order
- B.A sell stop order
- C.A market order
- D.A sell limit order
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A sell limit order
Sell limit orders are placed above the current market price and fill at the stated price or higher. Market orders fill at the next available price. Sell stop and sell stop limit orders are not triggered until the market drops to or through the stop price.
A market order to buy must be executed when and at what available price?
- A.Immediately, at the highest
- B.Within 24 hours, at the highest
- C.Immediately, at the lowest
- D.Within 24 hours, at the lowest
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Immediately, at the lowest
Market orders carry the idea of immediate execution at the best available price. A market order to buy would require execution at the lowest available price.
Which of the following best describes how a sell stop at 39 order would be filled?
- A.The next price above 39 after the market rises to 39
- B.The next available price after the market price rises to 39
- C.The next price below 39 after the market falls to 39
- D.The next available price after the market price falls to 39
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The next available price after the market price falls to 39
Sell stop orders are placed below the current market price and become market orders once the price touches or passes through the stop price.
Your client, Jane Anderson, has owned QRS for a few years but has now turned bearish on QRS. What transaction would you recommend?
- A.Buy QRS to open
- B.Buy QRS to close
- C.Sell QRS to open
- D.Sell QRS to close
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Sell QRS to close
Because Anderson already owns the stock, this would be a closing transaction, and because she is bearish it would be a sell.
Which of the following best describes how a market order to buy would fill if placed when the market price of the stock was at 40?
- A.The next available price
- B.Exactly at the market price of 40
- C.The next available price above 40
- D.The next available price below 40
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The next available price
Market order always gets the next available price, regardless of if it is a buy or sell and regardless of price.
Which of the following best describes how a buy stop at 39 would fill?
- A.The next available price after the market price rises to 39
- B.The next price above 39 after the market price rises to 39
- C.The next price below 39 after the market price falls to 39
- D.The next available price after the market price falls to 39
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The next available price after the market price rises to 39
A buy stop order becomes a market order and fills at the next available price once it touches or passes through the stop price.
A customer enters the following order: Sell 1,000 shares of XYZ at 23. Which of the following executions would the customer accept?
- A.22.95
- B.22.80
- C.22.99
- D.23.50
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 23.50
A sell limit order at 23 will be executed only at 23 or better, and better for a seller means higher, so 23.50 is acceptable. Prices of 22.99, 22.95, and 22.80 are all below the limit; accepting them would treat the sell limit like a buy limit, which fills at the limit or lower.
Your client, Alice Tate, with no other positions in her margin account, is bearish on ABC stock. Which of the following transactions would you recommend?
- A.Sell ABC to open
- B.Sell ABC to close
- C.Buy ABC to open
- D.Buy ABC to close
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Sell ABC to open
Because there are no other positions, this would be an opening transaction and selling the stock would be bearish.
"An order is entered by a customer to sell at 30 stop limit. Once the order is entered, the stock trades in the following sequence: 32, 29, 31, and 33. The order would be executed and the investor would receive a price of"
- A.29.
- B.30.
- C.32.
- D.31.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 31.
This is a sell stop order with a limit of 30. Once the stock trades at 30 or lower, the order is elected (triggered) and becomes a live working order. This occurs at 29. The order will then be executed at its limit (30) or better. This occurs at 31.
A customer enters a market order. This type of order can be
- A.A buy or sell order to be executed at the next available price
- B.A buy or sell order to be executed at the price shown on entry
- C.A buy or sell order to be executed at the last sale price seen
- D.A buy or sell order to be executed at the prior closing price
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A buy or sell order to be executed at the next available price
A market order is a buy or sell order to be executed at the next available price, with no price condition. It is not guaranteed the price shown on entry or the last sale price seen, because the market can move before execution, and it is not filled at the prior closing price.
A GTC order is left unexecuted at the end of the trading day on the last business day of April. Which of the following is true?
- A.The order will be automatically canceled.
- B.The order will only continue working through the opening of the next business day.
- C.The customer must give specific instructions to cancel the order so that it will not continue as a good working order.
- D.The order will be automatically renewed.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The order will be automatically canceled.
All GTC orders if unexecuted will be automatically canceled on the last business day of April and the last business day of October. If the customer wishes to have the order continue working beyond that date, it must be reentered after the automatic cancelation.
How long can a good 'til canceled order remain in force without being reconfirmed by the customer?
- A.36 months
- B.6 months
- C.24 months
- D.12 months
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 6 months
Good 'til canceled orders historically have been canceled at the end of April and October. Some firms will cancel them more frequently, but for the order to stay in effect longer than six months, the customer would need to reinstate or reconfirm the order.
Your client, Randall Stephens, has been bearish on LMN stock and sold it short several months ago. He now believes the company is in a good position for a turnaround and wants to change his strategy on LMN. What should he do to implement his new strategy?
- A.Keep the short open and buy a call to hedge any upturn
- B.Keep the short open and buy the stock to hedge any rally
- C.Cover the short and then buy puts to profit on the rally
- D.Cover the short and then buy additional stock to go long
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Cover the short and then buy additional stock to go long
To turn bullish, he should cover the short and then buy additional stock to go long, which leaves him net long and positioned to profit from the turnaround. Keeping the short open and buying a call only hedges the upside and leaves no net bullish exposure. Keeping the short open and buying the stock creates a short against the box that is locked flat. Buying puts after covering is a bearish bet, not a bullish one.
Which of the following best describes how a market order to sell would fill if placed when the price of the stock is a 40?
- A.The next available price
- B.The next available price below 40
- C.The next available price above 40
- D.Only at 40
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The next available price
Market order always get the next available price, regardless of if it is a buy or sell and regardless of price.
Who must reconfirm a good 'til canceled order for it to stay in force more than six months?
- A.The registered principal at the firm that accepted the order
- B.The market maker quoting that security on the exchange floor
- C.The customer who entered the order with the executing broker
- D.The clearing firm that carries that account for the customer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The customer who entered the order with the executing broker
Good 'til canceled orders are not open-ended. Firms purge them on a set cycle, historically at the end of April and at the end of October, so an order meant to live past about six months has to be reinstated. Only the person whose instruction it is can renew it, so the customer must reconfirm the order. A principal reviews and approves order tickets but has no authority to extend a customer's standing instruction. A market maker executes against the book rather than maintaining it. A clearing firm settles and carries positions and plays no part in keeping an unexecuted order alive.
Unless otherwise specified, the size of a firm quote is
- A.500 shares.
- B.100 shares.
- C.10,000 shares.
- D.1,000 shares.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 100 shares.
This is according to a FINRA rule.
Which of the following best describes the size of a quote?
- A.The number of shares that the dealer has in its own position
- B.The number of shares the dealer bids or offers at that price
- C.The number of shares that the dealer bought or sold that day
- D.The number of shares that the dealer calls a whole round lot
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The number of shares the dealer bids or offers at that price
A quote has two parts, a price and a size, and the size states how many shares the dealer is committed to at that price, buying at its bid and selling at its ask. The dealer's own position is a related but different figure, because a dealer can quote size it does not currently hold and can hold shares it is not quoting. Shares the dealer bought or sold earlier in the day are volume, which is history rather than a live commitment. A round lot is the standard trading unit of one hundred shares, fixed by market convention and not by anything in the dealer's quote.
If left unexecuted, a good til cancel (GTC) order will automatically be canceled when?
- A.On the first business day of April and the first business day of October
- B.On the cancel date specified by the customer at the time the order is entered
- C.On the last business day of April and the last business day of October
- D.On the last business day of June and the last business day of December
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: On the last business day of April and the last business day of October
GTC orders are valid until executed or canceled. Any GTC orders left unexecuted are automatically canceled on the last business day of April and the last business day of October. If the customer wishes to have the order remain working beyond those specific days, the customer must reenter the order.
A customer is given a quote for ABC as: 17.00 – 17.25 . This quote indicates the customer can
- A.Purchase 1,800 shares at $17.25 per year
- B.Sell 600 shares for $17 per share
- C.Sell 1,200 shares at $17.25 per share
- D.Purchase 1,200 shares for $17 per share
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Sell 600 shares for $17 per share
Customers can purchase at the offer (the lowest price someone else is willing to sell) and sell at the bid (the most someone else is willing to sell). With this in mind, the customer can buy up to 1,200 shares at $17.25 or sell up to 600 shares at $17.
The ask price represents
- A.The price the broker-dealer is willing to sell for
- B.One of the prices set by FINRA
- C.One of the prices set by the SEC
- D.The price the broker-dealer is willing to buy for
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The price the broker-dealer is willing to sell for
FINRA and the SEC do not set prices; broker-dealers post their own prices. The broker-dealer buys at the bid and sells at the ask. The customer buys at the ask and sells at the bid.
Which of the following regarding income is true?
- A.Salary or bonuses are passive income; interest and dividends are portfolio income.
- B.Salary or bonuses are earned income; interest and dividends are passive income.
- C.Salary or bonuses are portfolio income; interest and dividends are passive income.
- D.Salary or bonuses are earned income; interest and dividends are investment income.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Salary or bonuses are earned income; interest and dividends are investment income.
Salary or bonuses are earned income; interest and dividends are investment income, also called portfolio income. Calling salary passive or portfolio income misplaces pay for work, which is earned income. Calling interest and dividends passive income is the common mix-up: passive income comes from rental property and limited partnerships in which the investor does not materially participate, not from interest and dividends.
Earned income includes which of the following?
- A.Child support paid to a divorced spouse
- B.Interest income earned on a bond
- C.Dividends earned on a mutual fund
- D.A year-end bonus
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A year-end bonus
Earned income includes wages, salary, tips, bonuses, and income from active participation in a trade or business.
For tax purposes, investment income is
- A.Always taxed at the capital gains tax rate
- B.Normally taxed as ordinary income
- C.Always taxed at the highest ordinary income tax rate
- D.Never taxable at ordinary income tax rates
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Normally taxed as ordinary income
Investment income is that which is earned from one's investments. Sometimes called portfolio income, it would include dividends, interest, and short term capital gains derived from the sale of securities. Investment income is included in ordinary income for income tax purposes. Long-term capital gains are taxed at the capital gains tax rate.
An investor has some stock held in street name and has just received proxy statements forwarded by the broker-dealer for an upcoming shareholders' meeting. If the investor wishes the shares to be voted as recommended by the issuer's management, which of the following must the investor do?
- A.Nothing in this case
- B.Inform the broker-dealer by letter or phone call how the shares are to be voted
- C.Sign and return the proxy statements by the tenth day before the meeting
- D.Sign and return the proxy statements by the fifth day before the meeting
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Sign and return the proxy statements by the tenth day before the meeting
Signing and returning proxy statements to a broker-dealer for stock held in street name is enough to get the shares voted as recommended by the issuer's management, as long as the broker-dealer receives the statements by the tenth day before a shareholders' meeting. If the shares are to be voted in some other way, the investor must specify the desired changes.
An investor owning 400 shares of stock receives notice that the stock will be split. When the split is complete, the customer owns 1,200 shares of stock. The split must have been
- A.A forward, even split
- B.A reverse, even split
- C.A reverse, uneven split
- D.A forward, uneven split
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A forward, even split
Because the customer ended up owning more shares, the split must have been a forward split. Because the number of shares was increased by an integral factor (three in this case) the split was an even split. Three shares were received for every one previously owned.
Caleb McCann got a tip from his brother Nate on XYZ stock two months ago. Caleb hasn't previously been investing in the stock market but has been watching this stock since he got the tip from his brother. Caleb is now very bullish on XYZ and wants to place a trade. Which of the following would you recommend?
- A.Sell XYZ to close a long position
- B.Buy XYZ to close out a short position
- C.Sell XYZ to open a short position
- D.Buy XYZ to open a long position
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Buy XYZ to open a long position
Because McCann has no existing position, this would be an opening transaction, and if bullish on the stock it, would be a purchase.
Which of the following would be required for a good 'til canceled order to remain in force for more than six months?
- A.Nothing; it stays on the books until the customer cancels it
- B.The customer would need to reconfirm the order
- C.The broker-dealer would need to reconfirm the order for it to remain in force
- D.The specialist on the NYSE would need to reconfirm the order
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The customer would need to reconfirm the order
Good 'til canceled orders historically have been canceled the end of April and October. Some firms will cancel them more frequently, but for the order to stay in effect longer than six months, the customer would need to reinstate the order.
John Christensen places a buy limit order at 42 when the market price of the stock is at 45. Which of the following best describes how the order would fill?
- A.The order can only be filled at a price of 42 or lower
- B.The order would be filled between when the stock price is between 42 and 45
- C.The order would be filled immediately because the market price is already above 42
- D.The order would be filled at the next available price after the stock price drops to 42
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The order can only be filled at a price of 42 or lower
Buy limit orders are placed below the current market price and fill at the stated price or lower.
If a shareholder does not wish to attend an annual stockholders' meeting, but still wishes to vote, the shareholder may confer a limited power of attorney on another party to vote the shares. This power is known as
- A.A trust
- B.A proxy
- C.Consent
- D.Nominee
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A proxy
A limited power of attorney given to another party to vote a shareholder's shares at a meeting is a proxy. A voting trust transfers the shares to trustees for a period, not a single limited authorization; written consent is a way for shareholders to act without holding a meeting at all; and a nominee is the party holding shares in street name, not a grant of voting authority.
Which of the following would lead to a standardized cost-base adjustment for stockholders?
- A.Spin-off
- B.Dividend
- C.Takeover
- D.Merger
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Dividend
Scheduled, common events such as dividend declarations, issuance of rights and warrants, and forward and reverse stock splits are accompanied by standardized adjustment of the stock's cost base. Unique events such as corporate mergers, takeovers and spin-offs are dealt with in a nonstandardized case-by-case manner that depends on the individual circumstances. Ideally, the outcome is what is best for the stockholder and the company.
Shares must be borrowed in order to
- A.Buy to open a position
- B.Sell short to open a position
- C.Buy to close a position
- D.Sell short to close a position
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Sell short to open a position
When selling short, an investor is opening a position (a short position). Selling short means selling shares not yet owned. In order to do so, the shares must be borrowed first.
Selling shares not yet borrowed or located to be borrowed is
- A.Known as closing a short sale with a purchase
- B.Known as a short sale and is prohibited
- C.Known as a naked short sale and is prohibited
- D.Known as closing a position with a sale and is prohibited
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Known as a naked short sale and is prohibited
In order to open a position with a short sale, the shares to be sold must be borrowed or located to be borrowed first. Not doing so is known as selling short naked (naked short sale) and is prohibited.
Which of the following is true regarding short sales?
- A.Selling short involves purchasing the shares first.
- B.Selling short involves selling shares not yet owned.
- C.Selling shares not yet owned is prohibited.
- D.Selling short means selling less shares than were purchased.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Selling short involves selling shares not yet owned.
Short sales involve selling shares not yet owned. This is permitted. When selling short, investors are borrowing the shares to be sold, which must be replaced later by buying them. Investors who sell short are bearish, hoping the shares go down in value so that they can be purchased later at a lower price than they were initially sold for.
What is the spread on a stock quote?
- A.The difference between the bid price and the last reported sale
- B.The difference between the opening and the closing sale price
- C.The difference between the ask price and the last reported sale
- D.The difference between the bid price and the ask price or offer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The difference between the bid price and the ask price or offer
The spread on a stock quote is the difference between the bid price and the ask price or offer, the gap between what dealers will pay and what they will sell for. The last reported sale is a trade print, not part of the quote, and the opening versus closing price is a daily price change.
Ownership of a security indicates that one is
- A.Flat the security and bullish
- B.Short the holding and bearish
- C.Long the position and bullish
- D.Long the holding and bearish
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Long the position and bullish
Owning a security means being long the position and bullish, expecting the price to rise so it can later be sold for more than was paid. Being flat means holding no position at all, so an owner is not flat. Being short means having sold borrowed shares, not owning them. An owner is not bearish, because a decline in price causes the owner a loss.
An opening transaction can be
- A.A short sale only
- B.Either a buy or a sell
- C.A buy only
- D.A sell only
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Either a buy or a sell
An opening transaction can be either a buy or a sell. Which one will determine the investor's market attitude—bullish when buying to open a position and bearish when selling to open a position (selling short).
The spread a dealer makes is best described as
- A.The total commission
- B.The ask plus the bid
- C.None of these
- D.The ask minus the bid
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The ask minus the bid
The spread is what a dealer makes as a markup when he sells from his inventory if he buys at the bid and sells at the ask. A commission is charged in an agency transaction.
An investor with no existing positions in MMS stock sells 100 shares. This is
- A.A long bearish position
- B.A short bearish position
- C.A short bullish position
- D.A long bullish position
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A short bearish position
With no other existing positions, this sale transaction would have to be opening a position. Sell to open a position = short = bearish.
An investor who has a short position in 500 shares of JKH common stock would eliminate that position by
- A.Entering an opening purchase order for 500 shares of JKH
- B.Entering a closing purchase order for 500 shares of JKH
- C.Entering a closing purchase order for 500 shares of ABC
- D.Entering a closing sale order for 500 shares of JJK
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Entering a closing purchase order for 500 shares of JKH
In order to eliminate a position, long or short, the investor always takes an action opposite that of the one that began (opened) the position. Therefore, we always close the position with a closing order. In the case of a short position, we began with a sale, so we close with a purchase of the same security that was initially sold short—in this case, 500 shares of JKH.
All of the following are bullish positions except
- A.Long warrants
- B.Long stock
- C.Long calls
- D.Short stock
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Short stock
Bullish, anticipating that the security's price will rise, is associated with owning the security—having a long position. Therefore, owning securities that can be converted into the stock, such as being long calls, rights, or warrants, would also be considered bullish positions.
Meeting the location requirements and the borrowing of securities when a customer wants to sell short is done by
- A.The customer or entity that the shares will be borrowed from
- B.The broker-dealer on behalf of the short-selling customer
- C.The purchaser of the securities being sold short
- D.The customer who wants to sell short
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The broker-dealer on behalf of the short-selling customer
Meeting the location requirements and the borrowing of securities is done by the back office of the broker-dealer on behalf of the short-selling customer. Meeting these requirements is not something the short-selling customer would undertake without a broker-dealer.
Which of the following transactions has the most risk?
- A.Selling short
- B.Short against the box
- C.Buying to open
- D.Selling to close
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Selling short
Short against the box is when a customer owns the shares she wants to sell, but borrows some additional shares, sells the borrowed shares, and then covers the short position with shares already owned. Historically it was a tax strategy, but it doesn't work as well anymore with the tax law change. There is no loss potential. Buying to open can cause a loss of the amount invested; selling short has unlimited loss potential.
Subject to market liquidity, which of the following orders is most likely to be executed immediately?
- A.Fill-or-kill
- B.Stop market
- C.Market order
- D.Stop order
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Market order
In a liquid market a market order is executed immediately at the best available price because it carries no price limit. A fill-or-kill order demands immediacy but carries a limit price and is canceled if it cannot fill completely at once, while a stop market order and a plain stop order wait until the stop price is reached before they can execute at all.
A closing transaction can be
- A.Always a sale and never a purchase in every account
- B.Always a purchase and never a sale in every account
- C.Either an original sale or a purchase to cover only
- D.Either a purchase or a sale but never both together
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Either a purchase or a sale but never both together
A closing transaction is defined by whatever opened the position, and it is always the opposite side of that trade. A position opened with a purchase is closed with a sale, and a position opened with a sale, including a short sale, is closed with a purchase, so the closing side can be either one. Insisting it must always be a sale ignores every position that was opened short, and insisting it must always be a purchase ignores every position that was opened long. An original sale is an opening transaction, not a closing one, so pairing it with a buy to cover misstates both.
Shares to sell short have been located in order to be borrowed. Once sold short, these shares will be known as
- A.Covered
- B.Uncovered
- C.Naked
- D.Closed
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Covered
Selling short requires borrowing or locating the shares to be borrowed first. These shares, because they have already been located to be borrowed, are known to be covered.
Selling long is equivalent to which of the following?
- A.Selling to close
- B.Selling short
- C.Selling to open
- D.Selling to open then buying to close
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Selling to close
When a customer owns a position and then sells that position, that is referred to as selling long or selling to close.
A customer who is short against the box may close the position by all the following except
- A.Delivering the shares he owns and taking in the cash from them
- B.Depositing cash equal to the value of the stock he has shorted
- C.Buying the shares back in the open market at the current price
- D.Delivering some of his stock and buying the rest in the market
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Depositing cash equal to the value of the stock he has shorted
A short position is an obligation to return borrowed shares, and only shares can satisfy it. A customer who is short against the box already owns the stock, so he may deliver the shares he holds, buy replacement shares in the open market, or use any mix of the two, and each of those routes ends the borrowing. Money does not. Depositing cash equal to the value of the stock he shorted leaves the borrowed shares outstanding and the customer still short, which is why it is the one route listed that will not close the position.
Potential risks of owning common stock include all of the following except
- A.Unlimited liability
- B.Dividend suspension
- C.Total capital loss
- D.Dilution of capital
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Unlimited liability
Unlimited liability is not a risk of owning common stock, because stockholders have limited liability and cannot lose more than they invested. Dividend suspension is a real risk, since common dividends are never guaranteed. A total capital loss can happen if the company fails, and dilution of capital occurs when the issuer sells new shares and shrinks each holder's stake.
When investors open a position by going long the security, they can close the position by
- A.Opening a new position in the security
- B.Buying the security
- C.Selling the security short
- D.Selling the security
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Selling the security
Going long a security means that it was purchased. If a position was opened by purchasing the security, it would be closed by selling it.
An investor notices that a bond originally bought at 95 some years ago is now trading at a price of 88. The investor sells the bond, then buys it back the next day for 88.5 with the intention of declaring a loss from the original purchase and sale on this year's tax return. This would be known as
- A.Supporting, and taking the loss is allowed
- B.A wash sale, and taking the loss is prohibited
- C.Pegging and is taking the loss allowed
- D.Matched orders, and taking the loss is prohibited
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A wash sale, and taking the loss is prohibited
Quickly repurchasing a security that was just sold for a loss is recognized as having the intention to take advantage of the loss for tax purposes but not lose the income or potential for future gains from the security. This is known as a wash sale and taking the loss is prohibited. For the loss to be allowed, the investor must wait at least 30 days before repurchase. Matched orders, pegging, and supporting are all prohibited activities meant to manipulate stock prices.
A customer wishes to sell short 1,000 shares of ABC. Prior to executing the order, the registered representative must
- A.Receive permission from the customer to borrow shares
- B.Receive principal permission to execute the trade
- C.Locate shares that can be lent to effect the sale
- D.Have the customer pledge personal collateral to cover the sale
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Locate shares that can be lent to effect the sale
Regulation SHO requires that prior to executing any short sale, the broker-dealer must locate the shares borrowed. Shorting stock uncovered is a violation of Regulation SHO and may result in disciplinary action against the member firm.
Which of the following would not be considered ordinary income for tax purposes?
- A.Profits realized on the sale of appreciated securities
- B.Quarterly dividends received on shares of common stock
- C.Rental income collected monthly from an apartment unit
- D.Wages and commissions received from a regular employer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Profits realized on the sale of appreciated securities
Ordinary income is the category for earnings such as wages and commissions, rent collected on investment property, and dividends, all of which are reported as income in the year they are received. A profit realized when a security is sold for more than its cost basis is a capital gain, a separate category with its own holding-period rules and its own rates. Dividends are the closest call of the group, because qualified dividends are taxed at capital gains rates, but they are still classified and reported as dividend income rather than as a gain on a sale.
A customer who is bullish on ABC would most likely
- A.Buy ABC puts
- B.Buy ABC long
- C.Own ABC puts
- D.Go short ABC
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Buy ABC long
A bullish customer expects ABC to rise, so the customer would buy ABC long and profit as the price climbs. Buying or owning ABC puts gains only if the stock falls, so it is a bearish position despite the word buy, and going short ABC also profits only from a decline.
Which of the following transactions has the least risk?
- A.Short against the box
- B.A long stock purchase
- C.A borrowed stock sale
- D.An unhedged call sale
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Short against the box
In a short against the box the customer already owns the same stock he has sold short, so every dollar the stock rises is lost on the short side and gained on the long side. The position is locked and has essentially no loss potential. A long stock purchase risks the whole amount invested if the stock falls to zero, which is a real loss even though it is capped. A sale of borrowed stock and a sale of an unhedged call both leave the seller exposed to a rise that has no ceiling, so the potential loss on each is unlimited.
Short sellers have
- A.Limited profit potential and unlimited loss potential
- B.Unlimited profit potential and limited loss potential
- C.Unlimited profit potential and unlimited loss potential
- D.Limited profit potential and limited loss potential
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Limited profit potential and unlimited loss potential
A short seller sells borrowed stock hoping to buy it back cheaper. The best possible outcome is that the stock falls to zero, so the most that can be made is the sale price itself, which puts a ceiling on the profit. There is no matching ceiling on the other side, because a stock can rise to any price and the short seller still has to buy it back, so the loss has no limit. Unlimited gain with limited loss describes the buyer of stock, not the short seller, and neither side of a short sale is capped or uncapped in both directions at once.
Which of the following orders can be used to close a short position in CDT stock that consists of 1,000 shares?
- A.Buy 1,000 shares of CDT
- B.Write 10 CDT call options
- C.Sell 1,000 shares of CDT
- D.Buy 10 CDT call options
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Buy 1,000 shares of CDT
To close a short position consisting of 1,000 shares of CDT stock, one would need to purchase 1,000 shares—buy 1,000 shares of CDT. Buying the call options would not close the position, but once owned, they could be exercised with the purchased shares then used to close the short position.
An investor is long MJS stock. For this investor, which of the following is true?
- A.The risk is that the stock falls in price.
- B.The risk is that the stock goes up in price.
- C.Maximum loss can be unlimited.
- D.The risk is that the stock remains stable in price.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The risk is that the stock falls in price.
For an investor with a long stock position, the risk is that the stock falls in value. Maximum loss occurs at zero and is therefore limited to the amount paid for the stock when purchased.
Blaine Smith has owned XYZ stock for several years and believes it is time to take his profit and invest that money in another stock. He should
- A.Buy XYZ to close
- B.Buy XYZ to open
- C.Sell XYZ to open
- D.Sell XYZ to close
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Sell XYZ to close
When a client owns a stock and wants to get out of that position, he should sell the stock in a closing transaction.
Your customer opens a position at 45 and then closes it later at 47. This represents
- A.A 2-point gain or a 2-point loss, depending on the opening
- B.A 2-point gain, since this stock opened and then closed up
- C.A 2-point loss, since this stock opened and then closed up
- D.A 2-point gain when the opening trade was short and closed
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A 2-point gain or a 2-point loss, depending on the opening
The position moved 2 points, from 45 to 47, but which side of the ledger that lands on depends on how the customer opened. If the opening transaction was a purchase, buying at 45 and selling at 47 produces a 2-point gain. If the opening transaction was a sale, including a short sale, then selling at 45 and buying back at 47 produces a 2-point loss. Nothing in the facts identifies the side, so both outcomes remain live and the result can only be stated as a 2-point gain or a 2-point loss.
A registered representative suggests a trade to a customer which the customer agrees is suitable given their investment objectives. The order is entered. This transaction is
- A.Neither solicited or unsolicited and the order ticket should be marked as neither
- B.Solicited and the order ticket must be marked solicited
- C.Unsolicited and the order ticket should be marked unsolicited
- D.Solicited but the order ticket need not be marked in any special way
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Solicited and the order ticket must be marked solicited
A transaction initiated by an agent or registered representative is known as a solicited transaction. Unsolicited transactions are those initiated by the customer. Order tickets should always be marked solicited or unsolicited.
The locate requirement is an element of which of the following transactions?
- A.Buy to open a position.
- B.Buy to close
- C.Sell to close
- D.Sell to open
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Sell to open
When selling short (selling to open), shares must be borrowed from the dealer. The dealer finding those shares that can be loaned to the seller is part of the locate requirement.
A person who is vested with legal rights and powers to be exercised for the benefit of another is known as
- A.A dealer
- B.A broker
- C.A sponsor
- D.A fiduciary
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A fiduciary
A fiduciary is expected to place the interest of the beneficial owner first and is morally and legally responsible for acting in that capacity.
A client calls a registered representative and states that she lives in New York City and is looking for a bond that would be triple tax free in New York. The registered representative tells the client that his firm has some bonds in inventory that are from the Albany New York School District that would be triple tax free for the client. Which of the following would be the registered representative's best course of action?
- A.Determine suitability prior to placing the trade and mark the trade solicited.
- B.No suitability determination is required because these bonds will be tax free for the client and mark the trade unsolicited.
- C.No suitability determination is required because the bonds will be tax free for the client and mark the trade solicited.
- D.Determine suitability prior to the trade and mark the trade unsolicited.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Determine suitability prior to placing the trade and mark the trade solicited.
For a trade to be unsolicited, the client would need to specifically identify the bonds he wanted to purchase; instead the registered representative is the one who recommended these bonds, making the trade solicited. Suitability must be determined on solicited trades.
A registered representative is explaining discretionary and nondiscretionary accounts to a customer. Only one of the following statements is accurate and can be made by the registered representative. Which is it?
- A.In a nondiscretionary account no order can be entered without your prior approval.
- B.In a discretionary account you will have the opportunity to approve any order I want to enter before I enter it.
- C.If I decide that the account should be a discretionary one you will no longer be able to enter orders yourself.
- D.I decide if the account should be set up as discretionary or nondiscretionary, but must do so in your best interest.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: In a nondiscretionary account no order can be entered without your prior approval.
In a nondiscretionary account no order can be entered without the customer's prior approval. In a discretionary account the customer's prior approval is not required. Only the customer can decide if the account should be a discretionary one and grants that discretion with a limited power of attorney giving trading authorization to the registered representative. Even in a discretionary account the customer may still enter their own orders.
Discretion given to a registered representative to make transactions applies to all of the following except
- A.The security for the transaction
- B.Timing and price only
- C.The number of shares or units for the transaction
- D.Whether to buy or sell
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Timing and price only
Discretion is defined as the authority to decide, what security, the number of shares or units, and whether to buy or sell. Discretion does not apply to decisions regarding only the timing of an investment or the price at which it is bought or sold.
With a discretionary account
- A.The customer may refuse any trades done by the party given the discretion
- B.The customer may still enter orders
- C.Churning is permitted by the party given the discretion
- D.A full power of attorney is needed on file to grant discretion
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The customer may still enter orders
With a discretionary account the customer can continue to enter orders themselves. A trading authorization or limited power of attorney, not full power of attorney is required. The customer is bound to accept all trades done by the party given the discretion and churning, trades done only for the purpose of generating commissions, is never permitted.
Which of the following are required in discretionary accounts?
- A.FINRA approval to open the account
- B.Prompt approval by a principal following each discretionary trade
- C.SEC approval to open the account
- D.Prior approval by a principal before each discretionary trade is placed
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Prompt approval by a principal following each discretionary trade
The SEC and FINRA do not approve accounts. Approval of the trade is required promptly afterwards by a principal, not before.
A customer called his registered representative to place a trade to buy 100 shares of ABC. The customer wants to put a limit on the order, but is unsure what would be an appropriate price. At the suggestion of the registered representative, the customer enters the order with a limit of $30. This trade was
- A.Unsolicited
- B.Solicited
- C.Not held
- D.Discretionary
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Unsolicited
The customer, independent of the registered representative, placed the order, making it unsolicited. While the rep did advise on what an appropriate limit price would be, the customer ultimately placed the order instructions with the limit, and would not be considered discretionary.
A registered representative enters a discretionary order for her clients account. All of the following are required except
- A.The order must be approved by a principal prior to entry
- B.A record of the order must be maintained
- C.The order should be included in those required to be reviewed frequently
- D.The order must be identified as or marked discretionary
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The order must be approved by a principal prior to entry
Each discretionary order must be identified as such at the time it is entered for execution, a principal, officer or a partner of the BROKER-DEALER must approve each order promptly and in writing, but not necessarily before order entry, a record must be kept of all transactions including discretionary ones, and as with all trading activity, it is subject to frequent and systematic review by a designated supervisor or manager.
All of the following are required for a discretionary account except
- A.The customer must authorize discretion
- B.All trades must be promptly approved by a principal at the firm
- C.The account must receive FINRA approval prior to the first trade
- D.A principal at the firm must authorize discretion
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The account must receive FINRA approval prior to the first trade
FINRA approval is not required for opening accounts.
James Thomas calls and is interested in buying some GNMA certificates and wants to know when payment will be due. You should tell him
- A.Trade date plus 1 business day
- B.Trade date plus 2 trading days
- C.Trade date plus 3 trading days
- D.Trade date + 5 business days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trade date plus 1 business day
Since May 28, 2024, regular-way settlement for most securities, including agency mortgage-backed securities such as GNMA certificates, is trade date plus 1 business day. Trade date plus 2 trading days was the prior standard, trade date plus 3 trading days the standard before 2017, and five business days an outdated convention.
Nate McCann is closing on a house tomorrow and wants to sell some securities to meet closing costs. He wants to know how soon he could get the money and what he needs to do. You should tell
- A.If he does the trade today he won't be able to get the money for 1 business day because regular way settlement is T+1
- B.If he does the trade today for cash settlement he could settle today
- C.If he does the trade today he won't be able to get the money for 3 business days because regular way settlement is T + 3
- D.If he does the trade today for cash settlement he would settle tomorrow
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: If he does the trade today for cash settlement he could settle today
Cash settlement is same day settlement.
Your client, Jacob Riley, wants to purchase Treasury bonds and asks when he would need to pay for the bonds. You would tell him that regular way settlement for U.S. government bonds is
- A.Same business day as the trade
- B.Trade date plus 1 business day
- C.Second business day post-trade
- D.Third business day post-trade
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trade date plus 1 business day
Regular way settlement for U.S. government (Treasury) bonds is trade date plus 1 business day (T+1). Same business day is cash settlement, not regular way; the second business day was the pre-2024 cycle for stocks and corporate bonds, never Treasuries; the third business day was the pre-2017 corporate cycle.
A term indicating that a security is tradable and all of the requirements of the contract to sell the security have been met and the security is ready to be transferred is
- A.Buyer's options
- B.Good delivery
- C.Regular way settlement
- D.Seller's option
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Good delivery
To make settlement, good delivery must be made. Good delivery means that all the conditions of the contract have been met.
Which of the following settlement arrangements has trade and settlement occurring on the same day?
- A.Spot settlement
- B.Regular way T+1
- C.Cash settlement
- D.DVP settlement
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Cash settlement
Cash settlement has trade and settlement occurring on the same day, provided the buyer has the cash and the seller has the securities. Regular way T+1 settles the next business day; DVP settlement is a delivery-versus-payment method, not a timing rule; spot settlement is a foreign exchange and commodities convention, not a same-day securities arrangement.
Some issuers issue securities in electronic form, while some securities have been issued in physical form. Which of the following statements are true in relation to electronic or physical form?
- A.All U.S. government securities are issued with physical paper certificates
- B.Corporate stocks can only exist in electronic form
- C.Corporate bonds have always been issued in electronic form
- D.All U.S. government securities are issued in book entry form
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: All U.S. government securities are issued in book entry form
Since the mid-1980s, all government securities have been in electronic form. All of the paper certificates have matured. Historically, corporate securities were issued in paper form and some still exist, but most of the bonds have matured that were issued in physical form. Some investors still hold paper stock certificates. Virtually all new securities are now issued in electronic form (book entry).
When securities are bought and sold, ownership changes hands between the buyer and the seller
- A.Upon delivery of the trade confirmation
- B.On the transaction date
- C.On the settlement date of the transaction
- D.At an agreed time between both parties
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: On the settlement date of the transaction
When securities transactions occur, ownership changes hands between the two parties on the settlement date.
Regular way settlement for common stock is
- A.Third business day after trade
- B.Same business day as the trade
- C.Trade date plus 1 business day
- D.Two business days after trade
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trade date plus 1 business day
Since May 28, 2024, regular way settlement for common stock is trade date plus 1 business day (T+1). Same business day settlement is cash settlement; two business days was the T+2 cycle used from 2017 to 2024; three business days was the T+3 cycle used before 2017.
An investor has a long position in OMQ stock. After selling the stock at a loss, the investor could purchase which of the following and not violate the wash sale rule?
- A.OMQ warrants
- B.OMQ call options
- C.OMQ put options
- D.OMQ convertible bonds
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: OMQ put options
In order to avoid violating the wash sale rule, investors selling a stock at a loss cannot purchase that same, or substantially identical, security within a 30-day period before or after the sale incurring the loss. Substantially identical would include anything that is exercisable or convertible into the same shares of stock, such as rights, warrants, call options, or a convertible bond. Purchasing the put options would not violate the wash sale rule because these can be exercised to sell the stock, not purchase it.
The MSCI-EAFE Index tracks which of the following?
- A.Mid-cap stocks
- B.Foreign equities
- C.Municipal bonds
- D.Corporate bonds
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Foreign equities
Maintained by MSCI Inc., the Europe, Australasia, and Far East (EAFE) Index is designed to track equity markets of developed economies, excluding the United States and Canada.
Which of the following would constitute improper use of a customer's securities or funds? I: Agreeing to a stock purchase the representative thinks is beyond the client's means II: Selling a bond at the client's insistence during a period of high interest rates III: Lending securities for a short sale when the client has agreed to it on the phone IV: Borrowing a client's funds without permission, though it will be repaid the same day
- A.III and IV
- B.I and III
- C.II and IV
- D.I and II
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: III and IV
Though a customer may be ill-advised, complying with it does not constitute improper use. To lend securities without a signed loan consent agreement does constitute improper use, as does borrowing the client's funds without permission of the client, no matter how briefly the funds will be held.
All of the following accounts are for unincorporated businesses except
- A.Corporate accounts
- B.Limited liability company accounts
- C.Partnership accounts
- D.Sole proprietorship accounts
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Corporate accounts
Sole proprietorship accounts, partnership accounts, and limited liability companies are not incorporated. Corporations are incorporated.
Exempt from the penny stock rules are
- A.Solicited transactions
- B.Unsolicited transactions
- C.Both solicited and unsolicited transactions
- D.All transactions
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Unsolicited transactions
Unsolicited transactions (those not recommended by the broker-dealer or registered representative) are exempt from the penny stock rules. Solicited transactions are nonexempt and the rules therefore apply.
An officer of a public company buys 1,000 shares of the company's registered stock in the open market. Regarding the sale of these shares, the officer may sell
- A.Immediately, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations
- B.Immediately, with no volume restrictions
- C.Under Rule 144 only after a six-month holding period
- D.Only after leaving (becoming unaffiliated with) the company
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Immediately, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations
Because the shares were purchased in the open market (already registered), the transaction is not a private placement and there is no required holding period. The officer, however, is an affiliate and is therefore subject to the reporting and volume limitations imposed when selling under Rule 144.
An investor having no affiliation with CDS Company has just purchased shares that were sold subject to Rule 144. This investor
- A.Must wait six months before any sales can be made
- B.Can only sell subject to volume limits
- C.Must wait six months before selling shares subject to volume limits
- D.Can sell the shares unrestricted at any time
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Can sell the shares unrestricted at any time
Selling shares under Rule 144 effectively registers the shares. In other words, buyers of stock being sold subject to Rule 144 are not subject to any restrictions if they choose to resell.
For restricted stock (unregistered) held by a nonaffiliated, which of the following applies?
- A.Six-month holding period, with volume limits thereafter
- B.No holding period, but volume limits always apply
- C.No holding period or any volume restrictions
- D.Six-month holding period, with sales allowed freely thereafter
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Six-month holding period, with sales allowed freely thereafter
For restricted stock (unregistered) held by a nonaffiliated, a six-month holding period before any sales can be made applies. After the holding period, sales can be made freely.
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144 regulates
- A.The sale of new issue securities in the primary market
- B.State-level (blue-sky) registration of securities
- C.Communications with public retail investors
- D.The sale of control and restricted securities
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The sale of control and restricted securities
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144 regulates the sale of control and restricted securities in the secondary market. The rule stipulates the holding period, quantity limitations, manner of sale, and filing procedures when divesting of control or restricted shares.
A nonaffiliated owns 3% of an issuer's common stock. This person will be considered a control person if a spouse owns
- A.2% of the issuer's common stock.
- B.5% of the issuer's common stock.
- C.8% of the issuer's common stock.
- D.Any shares of the issuer's common stock
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 8% of the issuer's common stock.
If there is a 10% or more interest held by immediate family members, then all those family members owning voting stock are considered to be control persons.
Restricted shares, those that are unregistered, meaning that they were not attained in a public offering, may be sold by a nonaffiliate
- A.After holding them for six months but then subject to volume restrictions
- B.Freely, with no holding period or volume restrictions
- C.At any time but with volume restrictions
- D.After holding them for six months and freely thereafter
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: After holding them for six months and freely thereafter
Nonaffiliates holding unregistered shares must wait six months before divesting of those shares, but because they are nonaffiliates, they may sell freely (without volume restrictions) thereafter.
All of the following are considered control persons (owning control stock) except
- A.A director on the board of directors (BOD) owning 2% of the outstanding shares
- B.An unaffiliated shareholder owning 8% of the outstanding shares
- C.The corporation's CFO owning 1% of the outstanding shares
- D.An officer of the corporation owning less than 1% the outstanding shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An unaffiliated shareholder owning 8% of the outstanding shares
By virtue of their positions, directors and officers are considered control persons and any stock they own, no matter how little, is considered control stock. To be considered a control person, an unaffiliated person would have to own 10% or more of the voting (outstanding) shares.
For restricted stock (unregistered) held by an affiliate (insider), which of the following applies?
- A.No holding period or any volume restrictions
- B.Six-month holding period, with volume limits thereafter
- C.No holding period, but volume limits always apply
- D.Six-month holding period, with sales allowed freely thereafter
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Six-month holding period, with volume limits thereafter
For restricted stock (unregistered) held by an affiliate (insider), there is a six-month holding period, with volume limits applicable thereafter. The volume limits would remain in effect for as long as the individual is an affiliate.
When shares are held in street name, this refers to the shares being
- A.Held in the name of the broker-dealer for the beneficial owner
- B.Restricted, and thus, nontransferable
- C.Held at the transfer agent for the beneficial owner
- D.Allowed to be sold only on the exchange where they were initially purchased
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Held in the name of the broker-dealer for the beneficial owner
When shares are held in street name, they are being held in the name of the broker-dealer for the beneficial owner. This is done to facilitate payments and delivery. This does not encumber the shares regarding receipts of dividends or their transferability if sold.
A stock trade took place on Tuesday, July 2. When would regular way settlement normally take place?
- A.Thursday, July 4
- B.Wednesday, July 3
- C.Thursday, July 11
- D.Tuesday, July 9
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Wednesday, July 3
Regular-way settlement for stock trades has been T+1, one business day after trade date, since May 28, 2024, so a Tuesday, July 2 trade settles Wednesday, July 3. Thursday, July 4 is the old T+2 count that forgets the Independence Day market holiday, Tuesday, July 9 is simply one calendar week after the trade, and Thursday, July 11 counts far more business days than any settlement rule now in force.
A corporate stock is purchased on Friday, April 2, regular way. When will the trade settle?
- A.Wednesday, April 7
- B.Tuesday, April 6
- C.Monday, April 5
- D.Friday, April 2
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Monday, April 5
Regular-way settlement is T+1 (trade date plus one business day) since May 28, 2024. A Friday, April 2 trade settles the next business day; skipping the weekend, that is Monday, April 5.
Isaac James has some call options in his account that he would like to exercise. He wants to know when the resulting purchase of the stock would settle. You would tell him
- A.Trade date plus 2 trading days
- B.Trade date plus 3 trading days
- C.Trade date plus 1 business day
- D.Trade date + 5 business days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trade date plus 1 business day
An exercised call produces a stock purchase that settles regular way, which since May 28, 2024 is trade date plus 1 business day. Trade date plus 2 trading days was the prior regular-way standard, trade date plus 3 trading days applied before 2017, and five business days has never applied to exercised options.
Your client, Teresa Jenson, calls and wants to purchase T-bills and wants to know when payment is due. You should tell her
- A.Trade date plus 1 business day
- B.Trade date plus 2 business days
- C.Trade date plus 3 business days
- D.Trade date
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trade date plus 1 business day
Treasury and money-market securities settle T+1 (next business day). Since May 28, 2024, the standard regular-way cycle is T+1 across most securities.
Your customer has purchased $10,000 in U. S. Treasury bonds. These securities
- A.Will have evidence of ownership recorded in book-entry form
- B.Are required to be delivered in the form of physical paper certificates
- C.Cannot be delivered in physical certificates because they exceed the amount for paper certificate delivery
- D.Can be transferred in either physical or book-entry form in accordance with the purchasers request
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Will have evidence of ownership recorded in book-entry form
All U.S. government securities no matter what the denomination or amount are delivered, transferred, and have ownership recorded in book-entry form.
Your client is purchasing XYZ corporate bonds and wants to know when regular way settlement is. You should tell her
- A.Same business day as the trade
- B.Trade date plus 1 business day
- C.Third business day after trade
- D.Two business days after trade
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trade date plus 1 business day
Since May 28, 2024, regular-way settlement for corporate bonds is trade date plus 1 business day (T+1). Same-day settlement is cash settlement, not regular way; two business days was the old T+2 cycle retired in 2024; three business days was the T+3 cycle retired in 2017.
Your client, Alice Tate, lives in Irvine, California, and wishes to purchase some bonds that would be both state- and federal-tax free for her. You recommend some school district bonds from Costa Mesa. She then asks when she would need to pay for the bonds. You should tell her
- A.Trade date plus 1 business day
- B.Trade date plus 2 business days
- C.Trade date
- D.Trade date plus 3 business days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trade date plus 1 business day
Since May 28, 2024, regular-way settlement for municipal bonds is T+1 (one business day after trade date).
Josie Reese, one of your clients with an option account, calls and asks you to remind her when she is required to settle if she bought a call today. You would tell her
- A.Trade date plus 2 business days
- B.Trade date
- C.Trade date plus 1 business day
- D.Trade date plus 3 business days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trade date plus 1 business day
Options settle the next business day (T+1). Since May 28, 2024, the standard regular-way cycle is T+1 across most securities.
Your client is buying municipal bonds and wants to know when payment is due. You should tell him
- A.Trade date
- B.Trade date plus 1 business day
- C.Trade date plus 2 business days
- D.Trade date plus 3 business days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Trade date plus 1 business day
Since May 28, 2024, regular-way settlement for municipal bonds is T+1 (one business day after trade date).
An investor purchased and then sold a security eight months later for a gain. This gain
- A.Is considered to be a long-term gain, since it was held past the six months that the code needs for long-term status
- B.Is considered to be a short-term gain, but it will be taxed at the lower long-term rate since it was held six months
- C.Is considered to be a short-term gain, and it will be taxed at a flat 28% rate regardless of the taxpayer's income
- D.Is considered to be a short-term gain, and it will be taxed at the same rate as the taxpayer's other ordinary income
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Is considered to be a short-term gain, and it will be taxed at the same rate as the taxpayer's other ordinary income
A gain on a security held 12 months or less is considered to be a short-term gain, and it will be taxed at the same rate as the taxpayer's other ordinary income. The long-term threshold is more than one year, not six months, so an eight-month holding neither qualifies as long-term nor earns the lower long-term rate, and the flat 28% rate applies to collectibles gains, not to short-term stock gains.
Regarding capital gains, which of the following is true?
- A.Long-term gains are those realized on positions held at least 6 full months.
- B.Short-term gains are those realized on positions held for 6 months or less.
- C.Short-term gains are those realized on positions held for 12 months or less.
- D.Long-term gains are those realized on positions held at least 9 full months.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Short-term gains are those realized on positions held for 12 months or less.
Short-term gains are those realized on positions held for 12 months or less; a gain becomes long term only when the position is held more than 12 months. A six-month cutoff for short-term gains is wrong, since a nine-month holding is still short term, and positions held at least 6 full months or at least 9 full months are not long term unless held beyond 12 months.
Which of the following best describes the calculation for gains or losses for tax purposes?
- A.Proceeds minus dividend, plus cost basis
- B.Proceeds minus cost basis
- C.Proceeds plus cost basis
- D.Proceeds plus dividends, minus cost basis
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Proceeds minus cost basis
Proceeds minus cost basis equals capital gains. The dividends are not part of the calculation for capital gains.
Which of the following are true of long-term or short-term gains or losses?
- A.Holding a stock and selling above its cost basis if over 12 months later would be a long-term gain.
- B.Holding a stock and selling below its cost basis if one whole year later would be a long-term loss.
- C.Holding a stock and selling below its cost basis if 13 months later would be a short-term loss.
- D.Holding a stock and selling above its cost basis if one whole year later would be a long-term gain.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Holding a stock and selling above its cost basis if over 12 months later would be a long-term gain.
A position is long term only when held more than one year, so holding a stock and selling above its cost basis if over 12 months later would be a long-term gain. A sale one whole year later, exactly one year, is short term, whether a gain or a loss, while a loss on a sale 13 months later is long term, not short term.
Regarding the taxation of gains on securities, all of the following are true except
- A.Long-term gains are taxed at more favorable long-term rates
- B.Capital gains are associated with the sale of securities and other real assets
- C.Short-term gains are taxed at less favorable ordinary income tax rates
- D.Gains on securities for a position held at least 12 months are not taxable
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Gains on securities for a position held at least 12 months are not taxable
Investment income, which includes capital gains realized on securities positons, is taxable. Depending on how long a security was held, the gains might be taxable at the investor's ordinary income tax rate (for short-term gains) or at a more favorable long-term rate if the position was held for longer than 12 months.
Two years ago Lisa Smith sold short 100 shares at $50 per share and two years later bought them back for $55 per share. The stock paid a $2.50 dividend each year. How much did Smith gain or lose per share for tax purposes?
- A.A $5 loss
- B.A $5 gain
- C.A $10 gain
- D.No gain or loss
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A $5 loss
The formula to calculate a gain or loss for tax purposes is the proceeds minus the cost basis. Smith bought the shares at $55 and sold at $50. The dividends are not included in the calculation of gain or loss for tax purposes.
An investor notices that a bond purchased several years ago at 95 is now priced at 90. The investor sells the bond for 90, then immediately repurchases it for 90. This action is known as
- A.Matched orders
- B.Pegging
- C.Marking the close
- D.A wash sale
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A wash sale
The investor's intent with this wash sale is to declare a $50 capital loss without changing positions on the bond. Immediate repurchase is not illegal, but it precludes declaring the loss for tax purposes. The investor must wait at least 30 days before buying the bond back, or the loss will be disallowed.
An investor bought 600 shares at $4 per share. The company later does a 1-for-5 reverse split. What does the investor hold afterward, for cost-basis purposes?
- A.3,000 shares, each with a $0.80 cost basis
- B.3,000 shares, each with a $20.00 cost basis
- C.120 shares, each with a $0.80 cost basis
- D.120 shares, each with a $20.00 cost basis
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 120 shares, each with a $20.00 cost basis
120 shares, each with a $20.00 cost basis: a 1-for-5 reverse split divides the share count by 5 (600 to 120) and multiplies the per-share basis by 5 ($4 to $20), so the total basis stays at $2,400. The tempting 3,000 shares at $0.80 keeps the $2,400 total but treats the reverse split as a 5-for-1 forward split. The other two pairings change the total basis, which a split never does.
A client's shares are held in street name at a broker-dealer. The issuer is soliciting proxies for its annual meeting. Who sends the proxy materials to the client, and who bears the cost?
- A.The transfer agent sends them, and the client pays the cost
- B.The broker-dealer sends them, and the client pays the cost
- C.The broker-dealer sends them, and the issuer pays the cost
- D.The transfer agent sends them, and the broker-dealer pays
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The broker-dealer sends them, and the issuer pays the cost
The broker-dealer sends them, and the issuer pays the cost. The firm knows who the beneficial owners of street-name shares are, so FINRA Rule 2251 requires it to forward proxy materials, and the issuer reimburses its reasonable expenses. The tempting choice has the client paying, but forwarding issuer materials is not a charge to the customer. The transfer agent mails only to holders of record, and for street-name shares that is the firm or its nominee, not the client.
A 70-year-old client holds 15 blue-chip stocks and averages two trades a year in a commission account. Her representative recommends moving everything to a wrap account charging 1.5% of assets annually, with all commissions included. How is this recommendation best described?
- A.Suitable, as the yearly fee caps her commission costs at a known amount
- B.Reverse churning, as the yearly fee far exceeds her likely commissions
- C.Churning, as the switch generates excessive fees for the representative
- D.Suitable, as the wrap fee removes the incentive to trade her account
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Reverse churning, as the yearly fee far exceeds her likely commissions
This is reverse churning, as the yearly fee far exceeds her likely commissions: a buy-and-hold client making two trades a year would pay far less in commissions than 1.5% of assets every year. Churning is the tempting choice, but churning means excessive trading in an account, and this client's trading would not increase. A wrap fee does cap costs and remove the incentive to over-trade, but neither benefit matters to a client who barely trades.
A corporation opens a cash account at a broker-dealer. Which document tells the firm which officers are authorized to place trades for the corporation?
- A.The corporate charter filed with the state
- B.The corporate resolution from the board
- C.A trading authorization signed by the CEO
- D.The corporate bylaws approved by holders
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The corporate resolution from the board
A corporate resolution adopted by the board names the officers authorized to trade, so the corporate resolution from the board is the document the firm relies on. The corporate charter matters for a margin account, because it shows the corporation is allowed to buy on margin, but it does not name who may trade. The bylaws and an authorization the CEO signs alone do not give the board's approval of specific traders.
A client who turns 73 this year owns a traditional IRA and a Roth IRA that she opened and funded herself. Which statement about her required minimum distributions (RMDs) is correct?
- A.Neither IRA yet, since the first RMD now waits until the owner reaches 75
- B.Only the traditional IRA, with the first due by April 1 of next year
- C.Both the traditional and Roth IRA, with the first due by April 1 of next year
- D.Both the traditional and Roth IRA, with the first due by December 31 this year
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Only the traditional IRA, with the first due by April 1 of next year
RMDs apply to the traditional IRA only, because a Roth IRA has no RMDs while the original owner is alive. The first RMD can be delayed until April 1 of the year after she turns 73. So the right answer is only the traditional IRA, with the first due by April 1 of next year. Age 75 is a later scheduled increase under SECURE 2.0 (for people turning 74 after 2032), not the rule for someone turning 73 now.
On March 1 a client took a check from one of his IRAs and deposited it into a new IRA 40 days later. In June he wants to move a second, separate IRA to another firm. Which method lets him do so without tax consequences?
- A.A direct trustee-to-trustee transfer, which is not subject to the yearly limit
- B.No method at all until 12 months have passed since the March 1 distribution
- C.A second 60-day rollover, since the yearly limit applies to each IRA separately
- D.A second 60-day rollover, as long as he replaces the 20% that was withheld
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A direct trustee-to-trustee transfer, which is not subject to the yearly limit
Only one 60-day IRA-to-IRA rollover is allowed in any 12-month period, and since 2015 that limit counts all of a person's IRAs together. A direct trustee-to-trustee transfer is not a rollover, so it is not subject to the yearly limit and he can use one now. The per-IRA reading was the rule before 2015. Mandatory 20% withholding applies to payouts from qualified plans such as 401(k)s, not to this limit.
A new customer's name and date of birth are a confirmed match to an entry on the Treasury's Specially Designated Nationals list, and a $50,000 wire for her account has just arrived. What is the firm's required response?
- A.Block the funds and file a SAR with FinCEN within 30 calendar days
- B.Accept the wire and file a CTR with FinCEN within 15 calendar days
- C.Block the funds and report them to OFAC within 10 business days
- D.Return the wire to its sender and file a SAR with FinCEN within 30 days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Block the funds and report them to OFAC within 10 business days
Property of a person on the SDN list must be blocked, and the holder reports the blocking to OFAC, so the firm must block the funds and report them to OFAC within 10 business days. A SAR to FinCEN is the tool for suspicious activity, not a replacement for the sanctions report, and returning the wire would send blocked funds back to the sanctioned party. A CTR covers only currency, not wires.
Over three consecutive business days, a customer deposits $9,800, $9,700 and $9,900 in cash into a brokerage account. The amounts match no known source of income in the customer's profile. What is the broker-dealer required to file?
- A.A CTR and a SAR, since the deposit total of $29,400 must be reported both ways
- B.A SAR within 30 days of detection, but no CTR, as no single day exceeded the limit
- C.A CTR within 15 days, since the three deposits together total more than $10,000
- D.No report, since each deposit stayed below the federal currency reporting threshold
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A SAR within 30 days of detection, but no CTR, as no single day exceeded the limit
The firm must file a SAR within 30 days of detection, but no CTR, as no single day exceeded the $10,000 limit. CTR aggregation runs per business day, so three separate days under $10,000 never trigger a CTR, but deposits kept just under the threshold are a classic structuring pattern well above the $5,000 SAR threshold for broker-dealers. Staying under $10,000 avoids the CTR, not the SAR, and structuring is itself a crime.
Fraud proceeds were deposited and then wired through shell-company accounts in two countries. The customer now uses the money to buy a car dealership and draws a salary from it. Which money laundering stage is the purchase of the dealership?
- A.Layering, since the funds still pass through accounts held by shell companies
- B.Placement, since the funds are being placed into a new business for the first time
- C.Layering, since buying the dealership adds one more step between funds and crime
- D.Integration, since the funds re-enter the economy looking like business income
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Integration, since the funds re-enter the economy looking like business income
The purchase is integration, since the funds re-enter the economy looking like business income. Placement happened when the proceeds were first deposited and layering was the string of shell-company wires; buying a real business and paying a salary from it is the last stage, where dirty money comes back as apparently legitimate earnings. Calling it layering confuses another transfer with the final use of the money.
A new customer opening an individual account gives her name, date of birth, Social Security number and a P.O. box as her only address. Under the Customer Identification Program rule, what must the firm still obtain before opening the account?
- A.A signed statement of the customer's income and net worth
- B.A photocopy of a government-issued photo ID for the customer
- C.The name and address of the customer's current employer
- D.A residential or business street address for the customer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A residential or business street address for the customer
The firm still needs a residential or business street address for the customer, because a P.O. box does not satisfy CIP's address element for an individual. CIP requires name, date of birth, address and ID number before opening, and identity may then be verified within a reasonable time by documents or by other means, so a photocopy of a photo ID is not a pre-opening requirement. Employer and financial details are account-record and suitability items, not CIP elements.
A broker-dealer that carries customer accounts is drafting its anti-money laundering program under FINRA Rule 3310. Which requirement must the program meet?
- A.It must be adopted by a vote of the firm's full board of directors
- B.It must be tested each year by an independent outside audit firm
- C.It must be approved in writing by a member of senior management
- D.It must be run by an AML officer who is registered as a principal
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: It must be approved in writing by a member of senior management
The program must be approved in writing by a member of senior management. Rule 3310 requires annual independent testing, but the testing may be done by qualified firm personnel independent of the AML function, so an outside audit firm is not mandatory. The designated AML compliance person must be an associated person of the firm; the rule does not require principal registration, and it names senior management, not the board, as the approver.
A customer asks her RR to hold all of her account mail for the next five months, explaining only that it would be more convenient than having it forwarded. Under FINRA Rule 3150, what is the correct response?
- A.Decline the five-month hold, since her reason does not justify a hold past three months
- B.Accept the five-month hold, once a branch principal approves the request in writing
- C.Accept the five-month hold, once she signs written instructions stating the time period
- D.Decline the five-month hold, since a firm cannot hold mail for more than two months
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Decline the five-month hold, since her reason does not justify a hold past three months
The firm should decline the five-month hold, since her reason does not justify a hold past three months. Rule 3150 allows a hold on the customer's written instructions stating the period, but a hold longer than three consecutive months also needs an acceptable reason, such as safety or security, and FINRA says convenience is not one. Written instructions alone are therefore not enough here, and there is no two-month cap.
A broker-dealer wants to give customers' names and account balances to an unaffiliated insurance agency so the agency can market its own policies to them. Under Regulation S-P, what is required before the firm shares this information?
- A.Each customer gets a privacy notice, since opt-out rights cover affiliate sharing
- B.Each customer signs a written consent opting in to the sharing before any of it begins
- C.Each customer gets a privacy notice and a reasonable chance to opt out of the sharing
- D.Each customer gets a privacy notice at the next annual mailing after the sharing begins
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Each customer gets a privacy notice and a reasonable chance to opt out of the sharing
Each customer gets a privacy notice and a reasonable chance to opt out of the sharing. Reg S-P is an opt-out regime for nonpublic personal information shared with nonaffiliated third parties, so no written opt-in consent is required. The opt-out right exists precisely for nonaffiliated sharing like this, and it must be offered before the disclosure, not after the next annual notice.
A customer buys 300 shares of a listed stock on Monday through her broker-dealer. Under SEC Rule 10b-10, when must the firm send the trade confirmation?
- A.Within one business day after settlement, which is by Wednesday
- B.Within three business days after the trade, which is by Thursday that week
- C.At or before completion of the transaction, which is settlement on Tuesday
- D.With the next periodic account statement, which is due at the quarter end
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: At or before completion of the transaction, which is settlement on Tuesday
The confirmation is due at or before completion of the transaction, which is settlement on Tuesday under the T+1 cycle. Rule 10b-10 ties the deadline to completion, not to a count of days after the trade or after settlement. A quarterly statement under FINRA Rule 2231 does not replace the confirmation for an ordinary stock purchase.
A 70-year-old retired widow in a low federal tax bracket holds $300,000 in a taxable brokerage account. She needs steady monthly cash flow to cover living costs and says she could not tolerate a large loss of principal. Which recommendation is most suitable?
- A.A high-yield municipal bond fund that pays larger monthly distributions
- B.An investment-grade corporate bond fund that pays monthly distributions
- C.A ladder of zero-coupon Treasury bonds that pays interest only at maturity
- D.An investment-grade municipal bond fund that pays monthly distributions
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An investment-grade corporate bond fund that pays monthly distributions
An investment-grade corporate bond fund gives her regular taxable income with modest credit risk, which fits a low-bracket investor who needs cash flow and cannot absorb large losses. A municipal bond fund is the tempting pick for a retiree, but its lower tax-exempt yield only pays off for investors in high brackets, so she would give up income for a tax break she barely uses. A high-yield fund adds the credit risk she cannot tolerate, and zero-coupon Treasuries pay nothing until maturity.
A 50-year-old customer will invest a $500,000 lump sum in mutual funds and plans to hold for at least 15 years. A single fund family offers growth, income and international funds that meet all of her goals. Under Reg BI's care obligation, which recommendation best serves her interest?
- A.Class A shares in one fund family, so the full amount reaches a breakpoint
- B.Class A shares spread over three fund families, for wider manager diversity
- C.Class C shares spread over three fund families, for wider manager diversity
- D.Class C shares in one fund family, so no front-end sales charge is paid
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Class A shares in one fund family, so the full amount reaches a breakpoint
Class A shares bought within one family let the full $500,000 qualify for a breakpoint, which cuts the front-end sales charge, and over a 15-year hold the low ongoing expenses make A shares the cheapest choice. Class C shares avoid an upfront charge but carry higher annual 12b-1 fees that cost far more over a long hold, and Reg BI's care obligation requires weighing cost. Splitting the money across families gives up breakpoints for no added benefit, since one family already meets her goals.
A registered representative learns that the firm's block desk is about to buy 200,000 shares of a stock for an institutional client. Before that order is executed, the representative buys call options on the stock in a personal account. Is this prohibited?
- A.No, since the rule binds only the firm's own trading, not a rep's personal account
- B.Yes, but only if the calls are exercised into shares before the block order is filled
- C.Yes, it is front running, since the rule also covers options on shares in a block
- D.No, since call options are a different security from the shares in the block order
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Yes, it is front running, since the rule also covers options on shares in a block
Trading on non-public knowledge of an imminent block order is front running under FINRA Rule 5270, and the rule expressly reaches options and other instruments overlying the security, not only the stock itself. It applies to members and their associated persons, so a personal account is covered. The violation happens when the calls are bought; nothing needs to be exercised first.
A firm's research department will publish an upgrade on a stock tomorrow morning. Today, after hearing about it from the analyst, the firm's trading desk adds to its inventory in the stock so it can fill the customer buy orders it expects. Is this permitted?
- A.No, since a firm may not trade a stock at all while its analysts cover that stock
- B.Yes, since the report is the firm's own work product rather than an issuer's news
- C.No, since the firm built its position from advance knowledge of the report
- D.Yes, since a market maker may build inventory to meet expected customer demand
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: No, since the firm built its position from advance knowledge of the report
FINRA Rule 5280 bars a firm from establishing or increasing an inventory position based on non-public advance knowledge of the content or timing of a research report, so adding inventory before the upgrade is prohibited whatever the stated reason. Meeting expected customer demand sounds like a normal market-making purpose, but it does not excuse trading on the report's advance knowledge. Coverage alone does not bar trading; firms routinely make markets in stocks their analysts cover.
In the last five minutes of trading on the final day of the quarter, a fund's portfolio manager places a series of buy orders in a thinly traded stock the fund holds heavily. The orders fill against unrelated sellers, and the stock closes 6% higher, lifting the fund's quarter-end NAV. Which practice is this?
- A.Marking the close
- B.Matched orders
- C.Marking the open
- D.Painting the tape
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Marking the close
Placing trades near the end of the session to push up the closing price, here to inflate a quarter-end valuation, is marking the close. Painting the tape is the tempting neighbor, but it means trading among related parties to create a false picture of activity, and these purchases filled against unrelated sellers. Matched orders also require a colluding counterparty, and marking the open targets the opening price.
A customer with a cash account buys 300 shares on Monday and, before paying, sells them on Wednesday at a profit. The customer never deposits funds and expects the sale proceeds to cover the purchase. What is the result under Regulation T?
- A.The account is frozen for 30 days, and any purchase needs $25,000 of equity on deposit
- B.The account is frozen for 30 days, and any purchase must be paid for in full on trade date
- C.The account is frozen for 90 days, and any purchase must be paid for in full on trade date
- D.The account is frozen for 30 days, and no purchases are allowed until the freeze lifts
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The account is frozen for 90 days, and any purchase must be paid for in full on trade date
Selling a security in a cash account before paying for it is freeriding, and Regulation T requires the firm to freeze the account for 90 days, not 30. During the freeze the customer may still buy, but must pay in full on the trade date rather than within the normal payment period, so purchases are not barred altogether. The $25,000 figure belongs to the pattern day trader rule for margin accounts.
On Monday, a registered representative's neighbor, a director of ABC Corp, tells her as a favor that ABC has agreed to be acquired at a 30% premium. She does nothing. On Wednesday morning ABC announces the deal by press release and Form 8-K, and the news runs on every major financial wire. On Thursday she buys ABC for her own account. Which statement about her Thursday purchase is correct?
- A.Prohibited, since the information was nonpublic when she received it
- B.Permitted, since a tip given as a favor carries no personal benefit
- C.Permitted, since the information is material but is now public
- D.Prohibited, since she received it from a director who owed a duty
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Permitted, since the information is material but is now public
Insider trading requires information that is both material and nonpublic; once the deal was widely disseminated by press release, 8-K and the wires and the market had a day to absorb it, the information is still material but no longer nonpublic, so she may trade. Having first heard it as a tip does not taint it forever, which is why the 'nonpublic when she received it' reasoning fails. The 'favor' reasoning reaches the right result for the wrong reason: a gift of information to a friend does count as a personal benefit to the tipper (Dirks, Salman).
A corporate director tells a golfing friend, as a favor, that his company will announce a large earnings miss next week. The friend does not trade but passes the tip to his sister-in-law, telling her where it came from, and she buys puts. The director never trades. Who has violated the insider trading rules?
- A.The sister-in-law alone, since she is the person who traded
- B.The friend and the sister-in-law, since the director never traded
- C.The director and the sister-in-law, since the friend never traded
- D.All three of them, since relaying it counts the same as trading
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: All three of them, since relaying it counts the same as trading
The director breached his duty by tipping for a personal benefit (a gift to a friend), the friend is liable as a tippee who knowingly passed the information on, and the sister-in-law traded knowing its source, so all three violated the rules. Liability does not require placing a trade: a tipper is jointly and severally liable with the tippees who trade. The tempting 'director and sister-in-law' answer wrongly drops the middle link, who communicated the information just as the director did.
A research analyst at a broker-dealer gets around the firm's information barrier, learns of a client's unannounced merger, and buys the target's stock. The firm had written barrier procedures and a watch list, enforced them, and had no reason to suspect the analyst. Under ITSFEA, who is exposed to a civil penalty?
- A.The analyst, the firm and his supervisor, as all are control persons
- B.The analyst and the firm, since a firm answers for its employees
- C.The analyst, but not the firm, since its controls were kept up
- D.The analyst and his supervisor, since controlling persons are liable
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The analyst, but not the firm, since its controls were kept up
A controlling person, such as the employing firm or a supervisor, faces an ITSFEA penalty only if it knew or recklessly disregarded that the violation was likely and failed to prevent it, or knowingly or recklessly failed to keep required policies and that failure substantially contributed. This firm kept and enforced its barrier and watch list and had no reason to suspect the analyst, so only the analyst is exposed. A firm is not penalized merely because it employs the violator, which is why the 'firm answers for its employees' option is wrong.
An officer learns that his company's drug trial has failed. Before the news is released, he sells his shares, avoiding a $40,000 loss, and tips a friend, who shorts the stock for a $60,000 profit. Under ITSFEA, what is the largest civil penalty the SEC can seek from the officer?
- A.$120,000
- B.$1,000,000
- C.$180,000
- D.$300,000
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $300,000
The civil penalty can reach three times the profit gained or loss avoided from the unlawful trade or communication, and a tipper is measured on the tippee's profit as well as their own. Three times ($40,000 + $60,000) is $300,000. $120,000 counts only his own avoided loss and ignores his liability for the tip, and $1,000,000 is the controlling-person floor, which does not apply to an insider trading on his own account.
A man's wife is a paralegal at a law firm advising Acquirer Inc. on its planned, unannounced merger with Target Corp. The couple have long shared work confidences with each other. She mentions the deal at home, not expecting him to act on it, and he buys Target shares. Which theory makes his trade illegal?
- A.Classical theory, since his wife is a temporary insider of Target Corp
- B.Tippee liability, since his wife tipped him for a personal benefit
- C.No theory, since he owed no duty to Target or to its shareholders
- D.Misappropriation, since he breached a duty of trust owed to his wife
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Misappropriation, since he breached a duty of trust owed to his wife
Under the misappropriation theory, an outsider who trades on confidential information in breach of a duty of trust owed to the source violates Rule 10b-5, and Rule 10b5-2 says that duty exists between spouses and where people have a history of sharing confidences. The wife's firm advises the acquirer, not Target, so she is not a temporary insider of Target and the classical theory does not apply. It is not a tip case either, because she did not disclose the deal for any personal benefit or expect him to trade.
A sales assistant at a broker-dealer voluntarily gives the SEC original information about an insider trading ring. The resulting enforcement action collects $4 million in monetary sanctions. What award range does the SEC whistleblower program provide?
- A.$300,000 to $900,000
- B.$100,000 to $300,000
- C.$400,000 to $1,200,000
- D.$200,000 to $1,200,000
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $400,000 to $1,200,000
Whistleblowers whose original information leads to an action with more than $1 million in sanctions receive 10% to 30% of the amount collected, and the percentages apply to the whole $4 million, giving $400,000 to $1,200,000. The $1 million is only the threshold for eligibility, not a deductible, so applying the percentages to the $3 million above it is wrong, and the floor is 10%, not 5%.
A registered representative and a customer who is a longtime friend, not a family member, want to open a joint account. The representative will contribute 20% of the money and the customer 80%. Which arrangement is permitted?
- A.Share 20% of the gains only, after giving the firm and the customer written notice
- B.Share 50% of the gains only, with the written approval of the firm and the customer
- C.Share 50% of all gains and losses, after giving the firm and the customer written notice
- D.Share 20% of gains and losses, with the written approval of the firm and the customer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Share 20% of gains and losses, with the written approval of the firm and the customer
An associated person may share in a customer's account only with prior written authorization from both the employing firm and the customer, and only in direct proportion to the money contributed, so 20% of gains and losses with written approval is the permitted arrangement. Written notice is not approval, an equal split is allowed only for immediate-family accounts, and sharing gains but not losses would amount to the customer guaranteeing the representative against loss.
XYZ Corp., with 40 million shares outstanding, offers to buy back up to 5 million of its own shares at $42 each, a 15% premium to market, from holders who deliver them within 20 business days. If more are delivered, it will buy pro rata. How is this transaction best described?
- A.A mini-tender offer made by the issuer to holders
- B.A fixed-price cash tender offer by the issuer
- C.An open-market buyback program run by the issuer
- D.A modified Dutch auction tender offer made to holders
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A fixed-price cash tender offer by the issuer
This is a fixed-price cash tender offer by the issuer: one stated price, a premium, a deadline, and proration if holders tender too many shares. A modified Dutch auction is the tempting choice because it is also an issuer tender offer, but it sets a price range and lets holders name their price within it. An open-market buyback is done gradually at market prices with no premium or deadline, and a mini-tender offer seeks less than 5% of the outstanding shares, while 5 million of 40 million is 12.5%.
A married couple holds an account as tenants in common, with the husband owning 60% and the wife 40%. The husband dies, and his will leaves everything to his son. What happens to the account?
- A.His 60% interest goes to his estate, and she keeps her 40% interest
- B.The whole account goes to his estate until the will is fully probated
- C.His share passes to her outside probate, since they are married
- D.Half the account goes to his estate, as TIC owners hold equal shares
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: His 60% interest goes to his estate, and she keeps her 40% interest
His 60% interest goes to his estate, and she keeps her 40% interest, because tenancy in common carries no right of survivorship. Passing it to her because they are married is the tempting choice, but survivorship comes from a JTWROS title, not from marriage. TIC interests can be unequal, so the estate takes his actual 60% rather than half, and her own 40% never becomes part of his estate.
A client set up an irrevocable trust for her two children and named her brother as trustee, and the firm opened the trust's account. The client now calls her RR and asks him to sell a stock held in the trust account. How should the RR respond?
- A.Accept it, if she first signs a limited power of attorney for the order
- B.Decline it until both children, as beneficiaries, approve the trust order
- C.Accept it, since as the grantor she funded the trust and named the trustee
- D.Decline it, because her brother as trustee holds the trading authority
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Decline it, because her brother as trustee holds the trading authority
He should decline it, because her brother as trustee holds the trading authority under the trust agreement. Accepting it because she is the grantor is the tempting choice, but by funding an irrevocable trust and naming someone else as trustee she gave up control of the assets. She cannot sign a power of attorney over authority she does not hold, and beneficiaries receive the trust's benefits but do not direct its trading.
An RR reviews how four new clients funded their accounts. Which funding pattern is NOT a red flag that calls for further AML review?
- A.Physical certificates for a low-priced stock, sold within days of deposit
- B.A wire from an unrelated company that the client says still owes her money
- C.Money orders from several different issuers, each one for less than $3,000
- D.A $400,000 wire from her own bank account after an inheritance she cited
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A $400,000 wire from her own bank account after an inheritance she cited
A $400,000 wire from her own bank account after an inheritance she cited is large but matches her stated source and comes from an account in her name, so it is not a red flag. Money orders from several issuers each under $3,000 are the tempting choice because each is small, but they suggest structuring around recordkeeping thresholds. Funding from an unrelated third party hides the money's source, and depositing low-priced stock certificates and selling them quickly is a classic red flag for illicit distributions and laundering.
Dana, 67, is retired and has $150,000 she will need in full for a home purchase in about 18 months. She wants some income meanwhile and cannot accept any loss of principal when she withdraws the money. Under Reg BI's care obligation, which recommendation best fits her profile?
- A.A short-term Treasury bond fund with an average maturity of just under 2 years
- B.A ladder of Treasury notes with maturities spread evenly over the next 5 years
- C.A ladder of Treasury bills and notes that all mature within the next 18 months
- D.A GNMA fund holding mortgage pools that carry a full U.S. government guarantee
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A ladder of Treasury bills and notes that all mature within the next 18 months
A ladder of Treasury bills and notes that all mature within 18 months returns par when Dana needs the cash, pays some income, and carries no credit risk, so it matches her time horizon and her no-loss requirement. The short-term Treasury fund is the most tempting, but a fund has no maturity date, so its share price can be below what she paid if rates rise before she redeems. The five-year ladder and the GNMA fund are government-backed too, yet both would have to be sold before maturity at whatever the market pays.
Each trading day, a trader enters several large sell orders above the current offer at different price levels. As other sellers lower their offers in response, the trader buys at the lower prices and within seconds cancels every sell order. None of the sell orders ever executes. How is this conduct best described?
- A.Prohibited, as spoofing, since orders placed to be canceled can mislead the market
- B.Prohibited, as wash trading, since no sell order produced a change of ownership
- C.Prohibited, as painting the tape, since the orders created a false picture of supply
- D.Prohibited, as backing away, since the trader withdrew orders shown in the quote
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Prohibited, as spoofing, since orders placed to be canceled can mislead the market
Repeatedly entering orders that are canceled once they have moved other traders' prices is spoofing, and stacking them at several price levels is the layering form of it; it is prohibited even though no order executed. Painting the tape is the most tempting label, but it is done through a series of reported trades that fake activity, and here nothing printed. Wash trading also requires trades with no change of beneficial ownership, and backing away is a market maker's refusal to honor its own firm quote when an order arrives.
A market maker displays a firm quote of $20.10 bid, $20.15 offered for 100 shares. Seconds after seeing negative news on the stock, and before it has changed the displayed quote, another dealer calls to buy 100 shares at $20.15. The market maker refuses that price and offers the shares at $20.40. What has the market maker done?
- A.Nothing improper, since material news lets a dealer reprice a quote it is showing
- B.Nothing improper, since firm quotes bind only to customer orders, not other dealers
- C.Traded ahead of the dealer's order, a violation since that order was received first
- D.Backed away from its quote, a violation since a firm quote is honored as displayed
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Backed away from its quote, a violation since a firm quote is honored as displayed
A market maker must trade at its displayed firm quote, for the size shown, with any broker-dealer that presents an order, and refusing to do so is backing away, a violation of FINRA Rule 5220. News is the most tempting excuse, but it lets the market maker change its quote only before an order arrives, not refuse one that hits the quote it is still showing. Rule 5220 covers offers to any person, including other dealers, and no trade was executed ahead of the caller.
A representative with discretionary authority over a moderate-risk growth account turns the portfolio over about eight times in one year. Each stock bought fits the customer's growth objective, but commissions consume about 25% of the account's average equity. How should the trading be viewed?
- A.As unsuitable on quantitative grounds, since the frequency of trading is excessive
- B.As unsuitable on reasonable-basis grounds, as high turnover suits no investor at all
- C.As suitable, since each trade passed the reasonable-basis and customer-specific tests
- D.As unsuitable, since each discretionary trade needed written principal approval first
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: As unsuitable on quantitative grounds, since the frequency of trading is excessive
Quantitative suitability looks at the series of trades as a whole, and a turnover rate near 8 with costs near 25% of equity is excessive trading (churning) even when each trade fits the customer on its own. Passing the reasonable-basis and customer-specific tests is the most tempting defense, but it does not cure excessive frequency, which is the third, separate obligation. Reasonable basis concerns whether a strategy suits at least some investors, which active trading can, and a principal must review discretionary orders promptly, not approve them before entry.
Overview of the Regulatory Framework (93)
Fingerprint records are required for each of the following employees of a registered broker-dealer except
- A.A front-desk clerk who opens the mail and logs client checks received
- B.A receptionist who greets clients and directs them to representatives
- C.A part-time clerk who files client checks and order tickets by branch
- D.A data-entry clerk who posts each day's trades in the firm's blotter
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A receptionist who greets clients and directs them to representatives
Fingerprints are required of a broker-dealer's personnel unless they do not sell securities, do not handle or have access to cash, securities or the books of original entry, and do not supervise anyone who does. A receptionist who greets clients and directs them to representatives meets every part of that exemption. A front-desk clerk who opens the mail and logs client checks handles cash items, a part-time clerk who files client checks and order tickets has access to cash items and original records, and a data-entry clerk who posts trades to the blotter works in the books of original entry, so all three must be fingerprinted.
The U-4 form requires registered representatives to disclose all of the following except
- A.10-year residency history.
- B.Any aliases
- C.Information on any criminal charges, even if found innocent
- D.10-year employment history.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 10-year residency history.
The U- 4 form only requires a five-year residency history.
An application for Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) membership carries the applying firm's specific agreement to do which of the following?
- A.Pay a fixed yearly sum to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
- B.Comply with the association's rules and regulations
- C.Attend FINRA's annual regulatory conference
- D.Provide FINRA with periodic financial reports
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Comply with the association's rules and regulations
Application for FINRA membership carries the applying firm's specific agreement to comply with the association's rules and regulations, comply with federal securities law, and pay dues and assessments to FINRA.
When a new associated person is hired at a broker-dealer firm, which of the following is responsible for seeing that Form U-4 is completed and filed?
- A.The employing broker-dealer firm
- B.The new employee
- C.The local Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) district office
- D.The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The employing broker-dealer firm
Though the new employee furnishes most of the information contained in Form U-4, it is the responsibility of the employing firm to arrange for the information to be placed on the form and filed.
An individual would most likely be statutorily disqualified from working in the securities industry for which of the following reasons?
- A.Willful failure to disclose personal bankruptcy or unsatisfied liens
- B.Charged with driving under the influence of alcohol resulting in personal injury—a felony
- C.Conviction for misdemeanor assault
- D.Willful failure to disclose motor vehicle fines in excess of $1,000
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Willful failure to disclose personal bankruptcy or unsatisfied liens
A willful misstatement or omission made on an application for membership or registration as an associated person is deemed a serious infraction of securities law that would likely lead to a statutory disqualification from the securities industry. The Form U-4 does not ask about motor vehicle fines per se. Felonies convictions have to be disclosed, as do misdemeanor convictions involving money or securities.
Before submitting an application to enroll, part of the process for an associated person to engage in the investment banking or securities business, is to have the member firm that sponsors them ascertain the individuals
- A.Employment history, residences, aliases, and fingerprints
- B.Credit standing, liquidity, citizenship, and indebtedness
- C.Business reputation, character, education, and experience
- D.Exam scores, sponsorship, references, and recommendations
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Business reputation, character, education, and experience
A member firm has to investigate a candidate before it puts that person forward, and the standard it must satisfy is that it has ascertained the applicant's business reputation, character, education and experience. Employment dates, past residences and aliases are collected on the Form U-4 and verified after that form is filed, so they belong to a later step than the pre-application investigation. Credit standing and citizenship are not the measure the rule sets. Exam results and sponsorship come after the application as well, since registration cannot become effective until the qualification examinations are passed.
Which of the following is true regarding a registered person who wishes to move her registration from one broker-dealer to another?
- A.A person who has been registered more than 25 years is grandfathered in and no filings need to be made.
- B.If the registered person has taken and passed the Series 24 General Securities Principal Exam, no filings need be made.
- C.Only Form U-5 need be filed, separating the registered person from the existing employer.
- D.In no circumstances can a registration be transferred from one firm to another.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: In no circumstances can a registration be transferred from one firm to another.
Transferring a registration from one member firm to another is not permitted. Should a person resign or be terminated, the member firm must file a Form U-5 with the Central Registration Depository (CRD) within 30 days of the termination date. A Form U-4 must then be filed by the new employer with all of the form's information requirements met.
All of the following are required when completing Form U-4 except
- A.Residential history
- B.Customer complaints
- C.Bankruptcy history
- D.Educational degrees
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Educational degrees
Educational degrees are not required on Form U-4. Residential history for the past five years must be listed, customer complaints and arbitrations must be disclosed, and bankruptcy history, along with liens and judgments, is part of the required financial disclosure questions on the form.
Upon application for registration as a registered representative to ensure that any criminal past might be discovered by the employing firm, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requires
- A.The filing of a fingerprint card with the Securities and Exchange Commission
- B.Obtaining a credit report from an established credit reporting agencies
- C.A personal interview at the nearest Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) district office
- D.The filing of a fingerprint card with the U.S. Attorney General.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The filing of a fingerprint card with the U.S. Attorney General.
A fingerprint card is required to be filed with the U.S. Attorney General to ensure that any criminal past that might result in statutory disqualification from association with a member firm is discovered.
Automatic disqualification for registration from Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) may occur if
- A.Misstatements are willfully made in an application for membership
- B.An associated person has been charged with a felony in the past 10 years
- C.An associated person has been charged with a felony in the past 5 years
- D.A DUI traffic violation is made by an associated person
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Misstatements are willfully made in an application for membership
Misstatements willfully made in an application for membership or registration as an associated person will automatically disqualify an applicant from membership. A felony conviction (not charge), either domestic or foreign, or a misdemeanor conviction involving securities or money within the past 10 years will also automatically disqualify an applicant from membership. Note that FINRA will examine the circumstances around a disqualifying event before a final decision is made, but they take willful misstatements on the U-4 very seriously.
All associated persons must be fingerprinted if they handle
- A.Client mail and ads
- B.Sales leads and ads
- C.Quotes and research
- D.Cash and securities
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Cash and securities
Associated persons must be fingerprinted if they handle cash and securities, have access to the books and records of original entry, or supervise people who do. Handling client mail and advertising, sales leads and ads, or market quotes and research reports involves no customer funds, securities or original-entry records, so none of those duties alone triggers the fingerprinting requirement.
All of the following information is required to be provided on the Form U-4 except
- A.Disclosure of criminal arrests and charges
- B.5-year residency history.
- C.Education (degrees or designations)
- D.10-year employment history (including full- time education).
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Education (degrees or designations)
Although there is a place to disclose certain earned professional designations such as CPA and CFA, there is no requirement to disclose education (degrees or designations). Time spent as a full-time student however would be included in the 10-year employment history.
All of the following associated persons engaged in the investment banking and securities business are considered registered representatives, except
- A.Someone who trains others to supervise, solicit, or conduct business in securities
- B.Someone who serves on the board of directors
- C.Someone who supervises, solicits, or conducts business in securities
- D.Someone who solicits or otherwise conducts securities business
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Someone who serves on the board of directors
All associated persons engaged in the investment banking and securities business are considered registered representatives, including any assistant officer who does not function as a principal; any individual who supervises, solicits, or conducts business in securities; and any individual who trains people to perform functions in those capacities. See the glossary for definitions of associated persons and registered representatives.
Fingerprint cards are required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to be filed with
- A.Any self-regulatory organization (SRO) approved by the SEC
- B.The SEC
- C.Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).
- D.The U.S. Attorney General.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The U.S. Attorney General.
The SEC upon application for registration requires that fingerprint cards be filed with the U.S. Attorney General.
Reporting requirements for representatives and principals who are to be registered with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) include filling out a Form U-4 when the individual is hired. All of the following are required to make the registration effective except
- A.Disclosure of a ten-year employment and five-year address record
- B.Disclosure of any criminal convictions of the applicant's spouse
- C.Disclosure of each business name and alias previously registered
- D.Disclosure of passing scores on the required qualification exams
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Disclosure of any criminal convictions of the applicant's spouse
Form U-4 is extensive, and everything it reaches belongs to the applicant. It calls for the person's name and every alias used, a ten-year employment record and a five-year record of addresses, and disclosure of charges, arrests and convictions relating to the applicant. Registration cannot become effective until the appropriate qualification examinations have been passed. What the form does not reach is the record of a family member, so convictions of a spouse, whatever the spouse's employer, form no part of the applicant's registration and do not have to be disclosed.
To register an associated person with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), a member firm will fill out and submit which of the following forms?
- A.Form U-4
- B.Form 1040
- C.Form U-5
- D.Schedule C
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Form U-4
To register an associated person of a member firm with FINRA, the member will fill out and submit a Form U-4. Registration can only be made effective after the person passes the appropriate qualification exam(s).
An applicant who was unable to pass a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) qualifications exam three times would need to wait how long before another attempt would be permitted?
- A.60 days
- B.30 days
- C.90 days
- D.180 days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 180 days
Applicable to the first two attempts, if an individual fails to pass a FINRA qualification exam, a 30-day waiting period before the next attempt can be made is imposed. An unsuccessful third attempt requires a 180-day waiting period.
A person may not act as a registered representative or principal unless Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)'s eligibility standards regarding training, experience, and competence are met. In all of the following instances, a person may be statutorily disqualified from FINRA membership except
- A.Conviction of a DUI resulting in a fine and probation
- B.Disciplinary sanctions by a financial regulator in the United Kingdom
- C.Willful misstatements made in an application for membership
- D.Expulsion by the Chicago Board Options Exchange (CBOE) for violations of trading-floor rules
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Conviction of a DUI resulting in a fine and probation
Disciplinary sanctions by the SEC, an self-regulatory organization (SRO), a foreign financial regulator, or the foreign equivalent of an SRO may be cause for statutory disqualification of FINRA membership. This would also be the case for willful misstatements made in an application for membership or a felony conviction, either domestic or foreign, or a misdemeanor conviction involving securities or money (not a DUI) within the past 10 years.
All of the following people working for a registered broker-dealer would be required to be fingerprinted except
- A.A mailroom clerk who opens the branch's incoming correspondence
- B.An officer who supervises the firm's employee training programs
- C.A driver who takes high-net-worth clients to their appointments
- D.A partner who oversees the firm's back-office support functions
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A driver who takes high-net-worth clients to their appointments
Fingerprint records are required for a broker-dealer's partners, directors and officers and for employees who sell securities, handle cash or customer securities, or supervise people who do. Every partner and every officer is covered by title alone, whatever the department, so the training officer and the back-office partner both qualify. A clerk opening the branch's incoming mail routinely comes across checks and securities certificates, which puts that role inside the requirement as well. A driver moving clients between appointments sells nothing, touches no cash or securities and supervises no one, so the exemption applies.
In which of the following circumstances would a firm be denied Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) membership?
- A.The firm has been expelled or suspended by the foreign equivalent of an self-regulatory organization (SRO).
- B.The firm has been fined by the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) over persistently tardy annual audit filings.
- C.The firm has been censured or fined by the National Futures Association (NFA) for late annual audit filing.
- D.The firm has a principal whose felony conviction eleven years ago was reported to a state regulatory body.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The firm has been expelled or suspended by the foreign equivalent of an self-regulatory organization (SRO).
FINRA denies membership to a firm subject to a statutory disqualification, which includes the case where the firm has been expelled or suspended by the foreign equivalent of a self-regulatory organization (SRO), or by a domestic SRO. A fine from the NYSE or a censure or fine from the NFA is a sanction, but neither is an expulsion or suspension, so neither disqualifies the firm. A felony conviction disqualifies only within ten years, so one entered eleven years ago does not, whoever it was reported to.
Mary Alice McVey, a registered representative with a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) member broker-dealer, has recently remodeled her home and now has an area with a private entrance that she would like to use instead of commuting each day to her office 20 miles away. Under FINRA rules
- A.Registered representatives may not operate out of their homes
- B.She would only be permitted to see existing customers at her home
- C.This would be permitted with FINRA's approval
- D.This would be permitted with FINRA's approval, but she would have to work at least one day per week in the branch in order to ensure proper supervision
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: This would be permitted with FINRA's approval
FINRA rules provide for the ability of registered representatives to operate out of their residence in what is known as a home office. Approval from FINRA is required and the same rules that apply to any branch office would apply here.
The firm element of a broker-dealer's continuing education (CE) requirement must be undergone by all registered persons who
- A.Have direct contact with the public
- B.Have not had such training in the past six months
- C.Have disciplinary actions pending
- D.Have purely clerical duties with the firm
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Have direct contact with the public
A broker-dealer's continuing education (CE) program has a regulatory element and a firm element. The contents of the firm element are determined by the broker-dealer and must be met annually by all registered persons who have direct contact with the public.
While an associated person may work for an entity other than the member firm, the employing member firm's permission is
- A.Required
- B.Requested
- C.Not required
- D.Not requested
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Not required
If a registered person wants to be employed by or accept compensation from an entity other than the member firm, that person must provide prior written notice to the member. Note that notice must be made, but the employing member's permission is not being requested nor is it required.
Should a registered representative enter into a private securities transaction that would entail earning compensation, the employing member will
- A.Have the opportunity to approve or disapprove of the associated person's participation
- B.Not require any notification because the compensation makes the transaction the responsibility of the accommodating firm
- C.Require a compensation split of least 50-50 with the associated person
- D.Provide all execution services for the transaction
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Have the opportunity to approve or disapprove of the associated person's participation
If the private securities transaction involves compensation, the employing member may approve or disapprove the associated person's participation. While the employing member firm is responsible for all supervision regarding the transaction, it is not obligated and normally is not in a position to provide any services related to accommodating the transaction.
A mutual fund company may offer noncash compensation to associates of broker-dealer firms in the form of attendance at a meeting or convention, provided that
- A.The meeting is arranged purely for entertainment and not for business
- B.The offeror pays the travel and lodging expenses of attendees' guests
- C.Attendance is conditioned on reaching a stated sales or profit target
- D.The attendee's firm keeps records of the compensation and the meeting
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The attendee's firm keeps records of the compensation and the meeting
Attendance at a meeting is a form of noncash compensation and is permitted only inside a narrow set of conditions. The member firm whose associates attend has to keep records of the compensation received and of what took place at the meeting, and that record keeping is the condition this stem describes. A meeting arranged purely as entertainment fails the requirement that the occasion be a training or educational one. The offeror may not pick up the cost of guests, so a guest's travel and lodging must be paid by the person attending. Attendance may never be tied to hitting a sales target.
Information on the Form U-4 is extensive and includes names (aliases) and addresses in addition to which of the following?
- A.2 years employment and 3 years of residency history
- B.10 years of residency and 5 years of employment history
- C.3 years of employment and 3 years of residency history
- D.5 years of residency and 10 years of employment history
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 5 years of residency and 10 years of employment history
Information required on Form U-4 includes name, address, any aliases, 5-year residency history, and 10-year employment history.
Members and non-members alike can look into a broker's service and qualifications record by accessing which of the following services?
- A.The Central Registration Depository
- B.Municipal Securities Rule Board (MSRB)
- C.BrokerCheck
- D.Form U-4
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: BrokerCheck
FINRA makes available some key information about firms and representatives through its BrokerCheck service. This is available to anyone by calling the BrokerCheck hotline or online.
After receiving a written complaint letter from a client, a registered representative should.
- A.Forward copies immediately to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) or the appropriate self-regulatory organization (SRO)
- B.Contact the client immediately to attempt reaching a resolution to the issue
- C.Employ a thorough investigation and provide a report to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
- D.Turn the complaint over to the appropriate supervisor or principal
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Turn the complaint over to the appropriate supervisor or principal
Any representative receiving a written customer complaint is required to turn the complaint over to a supervisor or principal without delay.
Updates to the Form U4 such as a change in address, and that do not point to disciplinary action must be made promptly but no later than
- A.10 business days.
- B.90 days.
- C.60 days.
- D.30 days.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 30 days.
Any changes such as a change in address require filing an amended Form U4 with the Central Registration Depository (CRD) no later than 30 days after the member becomes aware of the changes.
Registered broker-dealers must have fingerprint records for most of their employees and for which of the following?
- A.Drivers
- B.Doorman
- C.Receptionist
- D.Partners
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Partners
Registered broker-dealers must have fingerprint records made for most of their employees, and all directors, officers, and partners. Those who are ancillary to the securities business and do not speak about securities with the investing public or who do not handle funds or securities are generally not required to be fingerprinted.
Those persons employed by a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)-registered broker-dealer to do nothing other than provide training for its associated persons
- A.Need not be registered
- B.Must be registered as a representative
- C.Must be registered as a principal
- D.Are exempt from the firm element of the firm's continuing education requirement
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Must be registered as a principal
Those who manage any part of a member's securities activities must be registered as a principal with FINRA, including those involved solely in training associated persons.
FINRA firms must employee at least how many principals?
- A.Two
- B.Three
- C.Four years.
- D.Five
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Two
The rule requires at least two principals, unless the firm only has one individual working for the firm.
Firm element training requires member firms to prepare training how frequently?
- A.Biannually
- B.Quarterly
- C.Annually
- D.Semiannually
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Annually
Firm element requires member firms to prepare an annual training plan, taking into account such factors as recent regulatory developments, the scope of the member's business activities, employee performance in the regulatory element, and its supervisory needs.
The rules to prevent pay to play regarding contributions made to political parties, candidates, and elected officials by firms involved in the underwriting or sales of municipal securities are enforced by
- A.Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).
- B.Federal Reserve Board (FRB).
- C.Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).
- D.Municipal Securities Rule Board (MSRB).
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).
Having no authority to enforce the rules it enacts, the MSRB relies on FINRA to enforce its municipal securities rules. This would include the enforcement of the pay to play or play for pay rules regarding political contributions.
All of the following regarding the firm element of a broker-dealer's continuing education (CE) requirement are true except
- A.It is written by the firm to meet FINRA's general standards
- B.It is required for anyone who deals with the trading public
- C.It must be met by the principals and by the representatives
- D.It is written by FINRA and administered by each member firm
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: It is written by FINRA and administered by each member firm
Continuing education has two halves. The regulatory element is delivered on a schedule set from outside the firm, while the firm element is designed and delivered by the member itself, which runs an annual needs analysis and builds a written training plan around the scope of its own business and the standards FINRA sets for it. That plan covers every registered person who has contact with the public, and it binds principals as well as representatives. Describing the firm element as something handed down ready-made for the member merely to administer reverses the roles, and it is the one statement here that is untrue.
Any sale of securities outside an associated person's or the employing member firm's regular business is recognized as
- A.A nonissuer transaction
- B.An outside business activity
- C.An unsolicited transaction
- D.A private securities transaction
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A private securities transaction
The Conduct Rules define a private securities transaction, also known as selling away, as any sale of securities outside an associated person's regular business and her employing member.
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) has a continuing education requirement with the goal of making sure that all registered personnel are aware of industry changes. If a registered representative has just completed this year's regulatory element CE, the next time she will be required to complete the regulatory element is
- A.Two years from now
- B.Next year
- C.Within 120 days
- D.Three years from now
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Next year
Since January 1, 2023 (FINRA Rule 1240, amended by Regulatory Notice 21-41), the regulatory element must be completed annually by December 31 for each registration category a person holds. Having just completed this year's regulatory element, she will next be required to complete it the following year.
Passive investments do not fall under the definition of an outside business activity (OBA). Which of the following investments would be considered a passive investment?
- A.Limited partnership unit
- B.A partial ownership in a car dealership
- C.A partnership interest in a real estate brokerage firm
- D.A partnership interest in a local credit union
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Limited partnership unit
A passive investment, such as the purchase of a limited partnership unit, is not considered an outside business activity (OBA). An associated person may make a passive investment for his own account without providing written notice to the employing broker-dealer.
Each of the following activities would require prior written notification by an associated person to the employing broker-dealer except
- A.Offering to sell a limited partnership interest in an oil and gas drilling program
- B.Part-time work parking cars on the weekend at a local racetrack
- C.Becoming a limited partner in an oil and gas drilling program
- D.Acting as a real estate sales agent, limited to the sales of individual homes only
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Becoming a limited partner in an oil and gas drilling program
Passive investments, such as the purchase of a limited partnership interest, are not considered outside business activity. An associated person may make a passive investment for his own account without providing written notice to the employing broker-dealer.
If a registered representative is involved in a securities transaction outside the scope of employment with the firm, a practice known as selling away and will receive compensation for it, which of the following must see that the representative is properly supervised for the transaction?
- A.The firm where the trade will take place
- B.A Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) examiner
- C.The employing firm
- D.None because there is no supervisory requirement
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The employing firm
If a registered representative is to be compensated for a trade done through another firm, the employing firm must run the trade on its own books and see to it that the representative is properly supervised. The firm where the outside trade will take place is, of course, responsible only for the actions of its own registered representatives.
Industry rules regarding political contributions intended to preserve investor confidence and market integrity apply to contributions made to
- A.Political parties, candidates for office, and elected officials
- B.Elected officials and political candidates only
- C.Political parties and third parties with connections to them only
- D.Political parties only
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Political parties, candidates for office, and elected officials
All business should be awarded on the basis of merit only and not political favor gotten via contributions to political parties, elected individuals or candidates, or third parties with connections to those with political affiliations.
How often must a representative complete the firm element continuing education (CE) requirement?
- A.Annually
- B.Biennial
- C.Monthly
- D.Biweekly
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Annually
Firm element continuing education must be completed annually under the firm's yearly needs analysis and training plan, and since 2023 the regulatory element is also annual. Biennial reflects the old cycle-based thinking, while monthly and biweekly are far more frequent than any FINRA CE requirement.
Under FINRA's current rules, how frequently must a registered person complete the regulatory element of continuing education?
- A.Within 120 days of the person's second registration anniversary and then every 3 years thereafter
- B.Once, within 90 days of initial registration
- C.Annually, by December 31, for each registration category held
- D.Every two years on the anniversary of registration
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Annually, by December 31, for each registration category held
Since January 1, 2023 (FINRA Rule 1240, amended by Regulatory Notice 21-41), the regulatory element must be completed annually, by December 31 each year, for each representative or principal registration category a person holds. This replaced the prior requirement to complete it within 120 days of the 2nd anniversary and every three years thereafter.
An associated person is unable to work for any business other than his member firm without having the employing broker-dealer's
- A.Knowledge of the activity
- B.Assuming liability for that business
- C.Permission in writing
- D.Authorization by a principal
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Knowledge of the activity
An associated person cannot work for any business (independent activity) other than his member firm without his employing broker-dealer's knowledge.
The de minims exemption for MSRB rule G-37 would allow municipal financial professionals to make a contribution to a municipal candidate under certain conditions up to what dollar limit per election?
- A.$500
- B.$1,500
- C.$250
- D.$1,000
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $250
The limit is $250 per election of candidates that the Municipal Finance Professional could vote for.
Associated persons who wish to enter into a private securities transaction for which they will receive no compensation must
- A.Await the employer's approval before proceeding
- B.Open a new account to accommodate the transaction immediately
- C.Provide prior written notice to their employer
- D.Take steps to have the transaction supervised at the firm where it will occur
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Provide prior written notice to their employer
Associated persons who wish to enter into a private securities transaction must provide prior written notice to their employer. Approval is only required when compensation will be paid. All supervision for the transaction is the responsibility of the employing member and not the firm accommodating the transaction.
A municipal finance professional (MFP) is
- A.An employee of a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) member engaged in municipal security representative activities such as underwriting and trading
- B.Employed by a municipality (not elected) to oversee the issuance of municipal bonds
- C.An elected official of a municipality having some decision-making authority regarding who will underwrite the municipality's bonds
- D.An employee of the Municipal Securities Rule Board (MSRB) specializing in seeing that broker-dealers adhere to the MSRB rules and regulations regarding the sales of municipal bonds
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An employee of a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) member engaged in municipal security representative activities such as underwriting and trading
As per the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), a municipal finance professional (MFP) is an associated person of a member firm who is primarily engaged in municipal securities representative activities, including underwriting, sales and trading, or any other activity that involves communications with the public regarding municipals.
Registered representatives who have not completed their regulatory element training in the prescribed time frame will have their registrations
- A.Deactivated by FINRA until the program requirements have been met
- B.Suspended by FINRA for sixty days then reinstated without penalty
- C.Fined by FINRA but allowed to continue working without punishment
- D.Revoked by FINRA with notice to the appropriate securities agency
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Deactivated by FINRA until the program requirements have been met
The regulatory element must be completed inside the prescribed window. Missing it is treated as an administrative lapse rather than a disciplinary matter, so there is no fine, no revocation and no referral to another securities authority, and the person is certainly not left free to keep working. What happens instead is that FINRA deactivates the registration, and the person may not act in a registered capacity until the requirement is satisfied. Because the deactivation lasts exactly as long as the deficiency does, it is not a fixed sixty-day period that expires on its own.
A municipal finance professional wants to make a political contribution to a candidate for mayor in the town that she resides in. Under the MSRB pay-to-play rule, a contribution to this candidate
- A.Is prohibited
- B.Cannot exceed $100
- C.Can be in any amount
- D.Cannot exceed $250
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Cannot exceed $250
Contributions of up to $250 per election are permitted to be made by municipal finance professionals (registered persons) eligible to vote for that official.
In the event that a customer complaint is received it is essential that the appropriate personnel are notified immediately. Which of the following need not be notified or only notified regarding specific scenarios?
- A.The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)
- B.The branch manager in the location where the account is serviced
- C.The principal supervising the registered representative servicing the account
- D.The account's registered representative, if received by someone else
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)
Whenever a customer complaint is received, it is essential that the proper personnel are notified. Persons who should be notified may include the account's representative, the account's principal, the branch manager, or a member of the compliance department. A notice to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) is required only in regards to certain scenarios, such as allegations of theft, forgery, misappropriation of funds, or securities.
An amended Form U-5 must be filed and a copy sent to the former employee within how many days of discovery of the inaccuracy?
- A.10
- B.25
- C.30
- D.90
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 30
If a broker-dealer discovers that a filed Form U-5 was inaccurate, an amended form must be filed and sent to the former employee within 30 days of the discovery of the inaccuracy.
Someone responsible only for training associated persons at a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) member firm
- A.Need not hold any registration because training is the person's only function
- B.Must be registered as a principal of the firm
- C.Need not be registered because training is considered administrative
- D.Need only be registered as a registered representative
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Must be registered as a principal of the firm
Anyone who manages or supervises any part of a member firm's investment banking or securities business must be registered as a principal with FINRA, including people involved solely in training associated persons.
A registered representative has left one firm to join another. Sometime later, the former employer discovers that some information on Form U-5 filed at the time of termination was inaccurate. The firm need not file an amended U-5 if at least how much time has gone by?
- A.Thirty days have gone by since that error was found
- B.There is no specified time limit on an amended form
- C.Two years have gone by since the person was removed
- D.The person has already gone to work at another firm
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: There is no specified time limit on an amended form
The duty to correct a Form U-5 is triggered by discovery, not by the calendar. Once a firm learns that information on a filed U-5 was inaccurate it must file an amended form and send a copy to the former employee, and the thirty-day window the rule sets runs from that discovery rather than releasing the firm once it has passed. Nothing excuses the amendment because time has gone by since the termination, so two years makes no difference, and the fact that the person has moved on to another member firm neither transfers nor extinguishes the former employer's obligation.
A registered person has left the securities industry and now holds a manufacturing job. Under what circumstances may this formerly registered person continue to receive commissions from work done at the person's old firm?
- A.A contract must have been signed by the registered person and the firm specifying what commissions are still to be paid.
- B.Once the registered person has left the industry, the person must be treated like any member of the public and may not receive any further commissions.
- C.Any contract regarding continuing commissions must include the provision that the person's spouse must receive them in the event of the person's death.
- D.The person may only receive commissions from current trades done by those who were the person's customers during employment at the firm.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A contract must have been signed by the registered person and the firm specifying what commissions are still to be paid.
A registered person who has left the industry, whether through retirement or otherwise, is no longer registered and may not receive commissions for any new work from a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) member firm. If there are commissions from work done when the person was registered that have not yet been paid, they may be paid, provided that a written contract was signed by both parties specifying precisely what is due. The contract may, but is not required to, direct that continuing commissions be paid to the person's spouse in the event of the formerly registered person's death.
An individual has been a registered representative with a national firm for the past three years. Another member firm makes an attractive offer in an attempt to lure this individual to join them. In order to do so, the paperwork necessary would be
- A.A Form U-5 from the previous employer
- B.A transfer of registration on Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) form TRF
- C.Both a Form U-5 from the previous employer and a Form U-4 from the new one
- D.Completing a new Form U-4 with the new employer
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Both a Form U-5 from the previous employer and a Form U-4 from the new one
Termination, for whatever reason, requires that the old firm file a Form U-5. Registration, whether for the initial or any subsequent one, requires filing of a Form U-4.
When a registered person leaves the securities business, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) retains jurisdiction over that person for how long?
- A.1 year
- B.2 years
- C.In perpetuity
- D.30 days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 2 years
If a terminated person becomes subject to a customer complaint or charges are brought against that person by FINRA, that person remains subject to FINRA jurisdiction for two years following termination.
Registered representatives must complete or satisfy each of the following except
- A.The firm element
- B.The Form U-5
- C.State registration requirements
- D.The regulatory element
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The Form U-5
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) requires that registered representatives complete both the regulatory and the firm elements of a continuing education (CE) program. In addition to satisfying FINRA requirements for registration, each state has its own requirements that must be satisfied before a representative can act in that state. A representative is not required to file a Form U-5. That form is filed by the member firm upon the termination of a registered representative for any reason. A copy will be provided to the departed representative.
Noncash compensation exceeding the $100 annual limit to another member firm's employee is
- A.Permitted only if it is an ongoing occurrence such as season tickets
- B.Permitted if occasional
- C.Permitted because it excludes cash
- D.Never permitted
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Permitted if occasional
The rules regarding gifts, gratuities, and compensation to another firm's employees permit occasional noncash expenditures that exceed the $100 limit. These might include dinners, seminars, tickets to entertainment events, or reminder advertising items. However, vacations or season tickets to cultural or sporting events are always violations.
Municipal Securities Rule Board (MSRB) and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) rules specifically deter gaining political favor via contributions made to candidates, officials, or political parties. As such, if a political contribution is made to any of these entities then under the act, the firm may not provide advisory services to any government these individuals or parties represent for how long?
- A.Five years
- B.Three years
- C.Two years
- D.Six months
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Two years
Rules within the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 are designed to deter what is commonly called the practice of pay to play or play for pay. In other words, gaining political favor via contributions made to political parties, elected officials, or candidates. If a political contribution to certain elected officials or candidates is made, an adviser may not provide advisory services to any government the adviser represents for a fee, for a period of two years.
Failure to complete the regulatory element continuing education (CE) requirement within the allotted time period will result in
- A.Suspension of the individual until all CE requirements are met
- B.The registration being deactivated until the requirements are met
- C.An automatic extension request, which Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) will normally be grant
- D.An automatic bar from the industry for three years
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The registration being deactivated until the requirements are met
Failure to complete the regulatory element within the allowable time frame will lead to FINRA's deactivating that person's registration until the CE regulatory element is met.
When is the electronic filing of all information on customer complaints by broker-dealers with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) due?
- A.Within 15 days of the end of each calendar year
- B.Semiannually, in June and December
- C.Within 30 calendar days of receipt of the complaint
- D.Within 15 days of the end of each calendar quarter
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Within 15 days of the end of each calendar quarter
Broker-dealer firms must electronically report information on all customer complaints to FINRA within 15 days of the end of each calendar quarter. Both these filings and the complaints must be retained by the firm for 4 years.
Regarding political contributions, limitations are place with the view to
- A.Deter gaining political favor by employing what is commonly known as pay to play
- B.Allow contributions to be made to any party without any possible loss of business
- C.Permit all contributions be made equally to all participating parties in an election
- D.Prohibit advisory services for a fee provided to any government the recipients represent for a period of 10 years after the contribution
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Deter gaining political favor by employing what is commonly known as pay to play
The rule is designed to deter what is commonly called pay to play. It makes it unlawful for an adviser to receive compensation (fee) for providing advisory services to a government entity for a two-year period after the adviser makes a political contribution to a public official of a government entity.
All of the following statements about a home office are true except
- A.Home offices are restricted to servicing existing customers only
- B.A home office is subject to a premise visit and review by principals of the firm and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) examiners
- C.The member firm must authorize the representative to open a home office
- D.A home office may be widely advertised as a place of business
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Home offices are restricted to servicing existing customers only
Broker-dealers often allow registered representatives to operate a home office. Approval of the member firm and registration of the location with its self-regulatory organization (SRO) is required as it would be for any office associated with the broker-dealer. All normal business activities including opening new accounts and taking customer orders for the purchase and sale of securities would be permitted. Additionally, the home office address and telephone number may be advertised in any normal manner such as on business cards or through various media venues like newspapers and websites.
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) rules regarding outside business activity (OBA) require that
- A.Prior written notice to the employing firm be provided
- B.All activities be coordinated between both employers
- C.All passive investments be reported under the rule
- D.Approval is gotten from FINRA or another self-regulatory organization (SRO)
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Prior written notice to the employing firm be provided
Under FINRA's rules regarding outside business activity (OBA), prior written notice to the employing member is required.
Gifts and gratuities directed to those who work at another firm may not be made by a member or associated person for amounts greater than
- A.$100 per outside firm yearly
- B.$100 per individual per year
- C.$250 to each person annually
- D.$50 per individual per month
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: $100 per individual per year
A member or an associated person may not give anything of value worth more than one hundred dollars to any one person in a year where the payment relates to the business of the recipient's employer. The cap is measured recipient by recipient, so it is not a single hundred-dollar pool to be spread across everyone at the receiving firm, and it does not reset month by month. Two hundred fifty dollars exceeds the limit in any period. Gifts inside the limit are still subject to the other conditions, including the recipient firm's prior approval and the bar on tying a gift to sales.
A municipal securities dealer has just made a contribution to the mayor's reelection campaign. How long must the firm wait before it can enter competitive bids on proposed bond issues by the city?
- A.No waiting period
- B.Can never underwrite a bond for the city again
- C.Two years
- D.Six months
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: No waiting period
If a potential bond issue is up for competitive bids, any firm may participate in the bidding process, because the city will select the best arrangement available. If it is a negotiated bid (not competitive), there is a two-year waiting period because a firm that has made a political contribution might have an unfair negotiating advantage over firms that have not.
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)'s Conduct Rules regarding gifts and gratuities would permit a branch manager to
- A.Transfer ownership and the rights to a luxury box to the portfolio manager
- B.Invite a portfolio manager to see a popular Broadway show together
- C.Offer a portfolio manager two tickets to all shows for that theater season
- D.Offer two tickets to the portfolio manager if the portfolio manager directs trades to the branch manager's firm
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Invite a portfolio manager to see a popular Broadway show together
A gift of tickets to a single event would be permitted under the Conduct Rules. A scenario where a representative of the firm accompanies the guest would fall under the heading of normal business dealings and the requirement that gifts be of no more than $100 in value is waived. None of the exceptions apply if the gift is contingent upon performance.
Associated persons or registered representatives who want to work outside of their existing employment with their current broker-dealer may do so if they provide prior written notice to the member. In which of the following would notice not be required?
- A.Ownership equaling 5% interest in another financial services company is intended to be made.
- B.They will be involved in extensive fundraising activities for a charitable institution.
- C.They intend to serve only in the capacity of a director of another company with no compensation.
- D.The amount of total compensation expected from the outside employer is less than $7,500 per year.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: They will be involved in extensive fundraising activities for a charitable institution.
If a registered person wants to be employed by or accept compensation from an entity other than the member firm, that person must provide prior written notice to the member. These affiliations would include serving as an officer or director of a company or owning any interest in another financial services company.
In general, the first industry form that a new applicant for registration sees is the Form U-4. This lengthy form requests information about the applicant's I. name including any aliases. II. residency history back through the previous two years. III. 10-year employment history. IV. convictions, but not arrests, dealing with any securities related violations.
- A.III and IV
- B.I and III
- C.I and IV
- D.II and IV
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: I and III
The Form U-4 contains the applicant's name as well as any aliases used. Residence history is shown for the past five years and employment history for the past 10 years. Charges, arrests, and convictions for securities related violations must be disclosed.
An applicant for registration was convicted of a misdemeanor within the past five years having to do with a motor vehicle driving infraction. For purposes of filing Form U4 for registration with a member firm, the applicant I. must list the conviction. II. need not list the conviction. III. would be automatically subject to statutory disqualification, whether the conviction was listed or not. IV. would not be subject to statutory disqualification.
- A.II and IV
- B.II and III
- C.I and III
- D.I and IV
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: II and IV
Non-securities-related misdemeanor convictions (such as a driving infraction) do not have to be reported on an applicant's Form U-4 when applying for registration. Securities- or money-related misdemeanors and felony convictions within the past 10 years must be reported. These disqualifies an applicant from registering (statutory disqualification).
Firms applying for Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) membership are required to I. agree to be in compliance with all federal securities laws. II. pay dues, assessments, and other charges the association levies. III. pass the appropriate qualification exam(s). IV. attend a FINRA annual conference no less frequently that once every three years.
- A.I and II
- B.II and III
- C.II and IV
- D.I and III
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: I and II
Firms must agree in their membership application that they will comply with all federal securities laws and make payment of dues and assessments when requested. Although qualification exams must be passed by individuals representing the firm, there is nothing requiring the firm itself to do so, nor is attendance at FINRA conferences required.
A registered representative has left a firm and joined another. The new firm must obtain a copy of the Form U-5 filled out by the old firm. Where might the new firm obtain a copy of the form? I. From the new employee II. From the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) III. From Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)'s Central Registration Depository (CRD) IV. From the representative's former employer
- A.I and III
- B.II and IV
- C.III and IV
- D.II and III
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: I and III
Copies of a new employee's Form U-5 may be obtained from the employee, or from FINRA's Central Registration Depository (CRD). Whichever the source, the firm must obtain the copy within 60 days of filing the new Form U-4 for the new employee.
Which of the following would be unacceptable reasons for an officer of a member firm to make a contribution to the election campaign of a political candidate? I. The candidate is a member of the officer's political party. II. The candidate has promised to steer business to the officer's firm. III. The candidate is a close relative of a potential customer of the firm. IV. The officer approves of the policies and programs the candidate has proposed.
- A.I and III
- B.I and IV
- C.II and III
- D.II and IV
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: II and III
Political contributions may never be used to procure or enhance business.
Which of the following constitute a private securities transaction, or selling away? I. A registered representative executes a trade for a customer in securities of a type normally handled by the representative's broker-dealer. II. A registered representative's sibling has some old bonds that the representative sells as a favor through a municipal securities broker. III. A registered representative helps an old school friend issue securities for a small business under formation. IV. A registered representative helps an acquaintance sell some inherited stock certificates without the acquaintance becoming a customer of the firm.
- A.II and IV
- B.I and III
- C.II and III
- D.III and IV
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: III and IV
A private securities transaction is any sale of securities outside the scope of the regular business of the associated person involved and of the broker-dealer firm. Such a transaction done for an immediate family member, however, does not fall under the definition.
One of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Conduct Rules is concerned with private securities transactions. Under that rule, it would be correct to state that I. if the member approves the registered representative participating in a transaction for compensation, it must treat the transaction as if it is being done on its own behalf by entering the transaction on its own books and supervising the associated person during the transaction. II. as long as no compensation to the registered representative is involved, notification to the member is not required. III. sale of a securities product to the registered representative's mother where there is only nominal compensation is not covered under the rule. IV. if the member disapproves of the registered representative's participation in a transaction for compensation, the associated person may not participate in it.
- A.I and II
- B.III and IV
- C.I and IV
- D.II and III
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: I and IV
FINRA divides private securities transactions into two categories. If the associated person will receive compensation, the rules are more comprehensive requiring approval or disapproval. If approved, the firm must record the transaction on its books and records and supervise as if it were executed on behalf of the member firm. Trades with immediate family members are not included if there is no compensation. In other transactions where there is no compensation, written notice to the employer member is still required.
An associated person of a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) member firm would not be considered a municipal finance professional (MFP) if involved solely in which of the following?
- A.Underwriting municipal securities for the firm
- B.Research involving municipal securities for the firm
- C.Municipal securities sales to customers
- D.Municipal securities communications with customers
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Municipal securities sales to customers
Associated persons whose activities are limited solely to sales or have only clerical or ministerial functions are not MFPs. All the other activities would be associated with an MFP.
In order for a registered representative of a member firm to receive any form of compensation, such as commissions, after terminating employment, all of the following statements are correct except
- A.Earnings from referred business from existing clients would be eligible for payment
- B.It would be permissible to pay continuing commissions to a surviving spouse
- C.The agreement must be entered into before the termination of employment
- D.There must be a contract in effect calling for these continuing commissions
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Earnings from referred business from existing clients would be eligible for payment
Continuing commissions are permitted, but there is no requirement that they be offered. In order for a former registered representative to receive them, the terms must be spelled out in a contract entered into before termination. The contract may call for payment to heirs but cannot provide any compensation for business referred or introduced by an employee after that person ceases to be registered with the member.
A registered representative has a customer who is interested in using options strategies such as spreads and straddles. The registered representative's firm does not offer options transactions as part of their existing business model. As such, the registered representative directs the customer to another broker-dealer that allows for option trading. This is
- A.An example of selling away
- B.An acceptable practice
- C.A private securities transaction
- D.An example of placing away
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: An acceptable practice
A private securities transaction is any sale of securities outside an associated person's regular business and his employing member. Private securities transactions are also known as selling away. However, in this example, the representative simply directed the customer to a firm that could handle the customer's request. As long as the representative recieved no compensation for this activity, the recommendation to go to another firm does not violate any industry regulation.
A registered representative was guilty of an undetected minor rule violation during the last year of employment at a broker-dealer firm. The representative has now decided to leave the industry. For how long might the representative still be subject to fines or other sanctions by Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) if the violation is belatedly detected?
- A.6 months
- B.30 calendar days
- C.2 years
- D.FINRA no longer has jurisdiction
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 2 years
FINRA retains jurisdiction over a registered person for two years after the person leaves the industry.
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) is concerned about potential conflicts of interest in providing incentives or rewards for selling a sponsor's product. Which of the following situations regarding a product sponsors product training or education for outside RRs would FINRA disallow?
- A.Representatives have their hotel and airfare paid for by the sponsor.
- B.Attendees' meals and hotel rooms are covered by the sponsor's budget.
- C.Spouses are included in the invitation with travel expenses paid for.
- D.The sponsor covers the trip once the member firm approves attendance.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Spouses are included in the invitation with travel expenses paid for.
FINRA disallows the situation where spouses are included in the invitation with travel expenses paid for, because a sponsor may not pay or reimburse expenses for a guest of the representative. A sponsor may pay the representative's own hotel and airfare and cover attendees' meals and lodging, provided the member firm approves attendance and the location suits the training purpose.
If after a registered representative terminates the firm learns of something that should have been reported to the Central Registration Depository, how long does the firm have to make an amendment if that information would cause statutory disqualification?
- A.45 days
- B.20 days
- C.10 days
- D.30 days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 10 days
The rule requires notification within 10 days if the information involves statutory disqualification.
A broker-dealer may allow a registered representative to work from home – that is, to have a home office. If this is the case, the registered representative must
- A.Not specify the office as a place of business in advertising
- B.Use the office only to perform clerical functions
- C.Expect the office to be treated like any branch office
- D.Carry out sales presentations in some other location
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Expect the office to be treated like any branch office
If a registered representative works from home, the office must be subject to site review and visits to the premises by principals of the firm and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) examiners, may be specified in advertising of various kinds as a business office, and function in all ways like any other branch office of the firm.
A representative of a dealer who solicits municipal securities business from an official of an issuer contributes $275 to the official's city council reelection campaign during the general election. Under what circumstance would the contribution invoke a ban on the dealer's municipal securities business with that issuer?
- A.The dealer seeks to engage in a negotiated underwriting with the issuer.
- B.The dealer seeks to engage in a competitive underwriting with the issuer.
- C.The representative resides in the official's city.
- D.The representative contributed $250 during the primary election.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The dealer seeks to engage in a negotiated underwriting with the issuer.
A representative of a dealer firm who gave any amount to the election campaign and then solicits a negotiated underwriting would likely cause a two-year ban on performing any work for that municipality. There are some exceptions. For example, if the representative lives in the municipality and is eligible to vote there, he may give up to $250 per election without triggering a ban.
A U-5 form should be filed with the Central Registration Depository within how many days after termination of a registered representative?
- A.30 days
- B.Next business day
- C.10 business days
- D.15 business days
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: 30 days
The U-5 form must be filed by the former employer within 30 days.
To keep up with recent developments in the industry regarding regulatory changes and other requirements imposed by Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), as well as needs identified by the broker-dealer firm, registered persons must fulfill the firm's
- A.Annual compliance meeting requirement
- B.Anti-money laundering (AML) education
- C.Continuing education (CE) requirement
- D.Annual CEO compliance certification
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Continuing education (CE) requirement
The continuing education (CE) requirement combines the FINRA-set regulatory element with the firm element, which addresses needs the broker-dealer identifies. The annual compliance meeting is a supervisory interview, not a training program; anti-money laundering (AML) education is one narrow topic; and the annual CEO compliance certification is signed by the chief executive, not by each registered person.
A broker-dealer firm managing an initial public offering (IPO) wishes to give a gift to an associated person of one of the selling group members. Which of the following would be an unacceptable gift under the rules?
- A.A $150 leather briefcase with the broker-dealer's name and logo on it
- B.A dinner at an expensive restaurant with a representative of the broker-dealer
- C.A ticket to a major league ball game to attend with a principal of the broker-dealer
- D.A $125 designer edition fountain pen and desk holder
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: A $125 designer edition fountain pen and desk holder
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) member firms may not give business-related compensation to associated persons of other firms – compensation directly tied to sales or promises of sales – but may give an individual gifts whose value does not exceed $100 in a 12-month period. Tickets to a sporting event or dinner at an expensive restaurant may exceed the $100 limit if it is occasional, someone from the rewarding firm is present, and the employing firm has given its permission. Reminder advertising, items with the broker-dealer's name and/or logo, may also exceed the $100 limit, within reason, because it has a business purpose.
A broker-dealer wants to give an employee of another firm a gift. This is permitted provided all of the following conditions are met except
- A.The gift has the prior written consent of the employing member firm
- B.The gift's value stays within the annual cap of one hundred dollars
- C.The gift is approved in advance by the firm's own outside regulator
- D.The gift is not conditioned on the recipient's sales of any product
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: The gift is approved in advance by the firm's own outside regulator
Gifts to the employees of another member are permitted inside three limits. The value must stay within the annual cap of one hundred dollars, the gift must not be conditioned on sales or on promises of sales, and the firm that employs the recipient must give its prior approval. The approval that matters is therefore the employing member's, obtained firm to firm. Nothing in the rule asks the giving firm to clear a gift beforehand with the self-regulatory organization it reports to, so a preapproval from that regulator is not one of the conditions that has to be met.
When an employee is either terminated from, or willfully leaves, a member firm, Form U-5 must be filed. Under these circumstances, which of the following is true?
- A.Under either circumstance, the employee is responsible for filing Form U-5.
- B.The employee is responsible for filing Form U-5 only when leaving the firm willfully.
- C.The employing firm is responsible for filing Form U-5 only if it has terminated the employee.
- D.Under either circumstance, the employing firm is responsible for filing Form U-5.
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Under either circumstance, the employing firm is responsible for filing Form U-5.
Whenever a registered employee leaves a member firm under any circumstance, it is the employing member firm that is responsible for filing Form U-5.
Regarding registered representatives working from their residence, commonly known as their home office, all of the following would be true except
- A.Home office address and telephone numbers may be used for normal advertising purposes
- B.The office is subject to a premise visit by Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) examiners as often as they see fit
- C.Prospects would not be allowed to visit and be on the premises at this location
- D.The office would be subject to a premise visit and review by a principal of the firm
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: Prospects would not be allowed to visit and be on the premises at this location
Registered representatives are allowed to operate out of a home or residence, advertising the address and contact numbers. All normal business activities, including taking customer orders for the purchase and sale of securities, would be permitted. Additionally, it would be subject to a premise visit and review by principals of the firm and FINRA examiners as often as needed.
An investment company wishes to provide incentives for registered representatives of several broker-dealer firms to sell their investment products. The company proposes to send some selected representatives to a sales training seminar. Which of the following would be acceptable features of the trip? I. The venue of the seminar is a resort in the Canary Islands. II. There is an incidental tour the representatives may attend at their own expense. III. The representatives may bring their spouses, whose expenses will also be paid. IV. The representatives must obtain their employing firms' permission to attend.
- A.I and III
- B.I and IV
- C.II and III
- D.II and IV
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: II and IV
The trip itself is acceptable in principle, because it has a business purpose. Having it in the Canary Islands would be inappropriate. Side tours, outings, and so on are acceptable, provided the guests pay their own expenses for them. Paying the expenses of guests would be inappropriate as well. Permission of the employing firm to attend is always required.
Continuing education requirements are a part of the securities industry's ongoing commitment to furthering the knowledge base for registered representatives. Which of the following CE requirements are needed by a registered rep? I. Blue-sky requirement II. Registration requirement III. Firm element training IV. Regulatory element training
- A.I and III
- B.III and IV
- C.II and III
- D.II and IV
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: III and IV
Registered persons are required to participate in continuing education (CE) programs. The CE requirement has two components: a regulatory element and a firm element. Since January 1, 2023, the regulatory element must be completed annually, by December 31, for each registration category the person holds. The firm element requires member firms to prepare an annual training plan that takes into account such factors as recent regulatory developments, the scope of the member's business activities, the performance of its personnel in the regulatory element, and its supervisory needs.
A registered representative pays $250 for a concert ticket with a $400 face value and gives it to a trader at another broker-dealer. The RR does not attend the concert. How is this treated under FINRA Rule 3220?
- A.As a gift valued at its $400 face value, which is over the annual limit
- B.As a gift valued at its $250 cost, which keeps it within the annual limit
- C.As business entertainment, which is not subject to the annual limit
- D.As business entertainment, which is allowed once the firm has logged it
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: As a gift valued at its $400 face value, which is over the annual limit
Because the RR is not at the event, the ticket is a gift rather than business entertainment, and Rule 3220 values event tickets at the higher of cost or face value, so it counts as $400, over the $300 per-person annual limit (raised from $100 effective March 30, 2026). Valuing it at the $250 cost is the tempting error, since cost is the default only for ordinary gifts. Entertainment treatment requires the host to attend, so neither entertainment option applies.
A municipal finance professional lives in a city whose mayor is running for re-election. She gives the mayor's campaign $250 before the primary and another $250 before the general election in the same year. Her firm underwrites the city's bonds. What is the result under MSRB Rule G-37?
- A.No ban, since an MFP who is able to vote for the mayor has no dollar limit
- B.No ban, since the primary and the general each count as a separate election
- C.A two-year ban, since the primary and general election share one $250 limit
- D.A two-year ban, since gifts to a sitting official get no de minimis allowance
Show answerHide answer
Correct answer: No ban, since the primary and the general each count as a separate election
G-37's de minimis exception lets an MFP who is entitled to vote for an official give up to $250 per election, and MSRB guidance treats a primary and a general as separate elections, so $250 to each is permitted and no ban results. The tempting error is treating the primary and general as sharing one $250 limit and adding the two gifts together. Being able to vote does not remove the cap, and the exception applies to incumbents running for re-election as well.
References
- 1.FINRA. “Securities Industry Essentials (SIE) Exam.” FINRA.org, 2026. ↑
- 2.FINRA. “SIE Examination Content Outline (PDF).” FINRA.org, 2025. ↑
- 3.FINRA. “Enrolling for an Exam.” FINRA.org. ↑
- 4.FINRA. “Taking Your Exam via Online Proctoring.” FINRA.org. ↑
- 5.FINRA. “Qualification Exams Overview.” FINRA.org. ↑
- 6.FINRA. “Exam Cancellation and Rescheduling Policy.” FINRA.org. ↑
- 7.Roediger, H. L., & Karpicke, J. D.. “Test-Enhanced Learning: Taking Memory Tests Improves Long-Term Retention.” Psychological Science (Association for Psychological Science). ↑
- 8.FINRA. “SR-FINRA-2024-019 Fee Adjustment Schedule.” FINRA.org, 2024. ↑
- 10.U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. “Introduction to Investing.” Investor.gov (SEC). ↑
- 11.Career Employer. “SIE practice-test performance data.” careeremployer.com, updated daily, CC BY 4.0. ↑

Career Employer
Career Employer is the ultimate resource to help you get started working the job of your dreams. We cover topics from general career information, career searching, exam preparation with free study materials, career interviewing, and becoming successful in your career of choice.
All PostsCareer Employer’s Editorial Process
Here at Career Employer, we focus a lot on providing factually accurate information that is always up to date. We strive to provide correct information using strict editorial processes, article editing, and fact-checking for all of the information found on our website. We only utilize trustworthy and relevant resources. To find out more, make sure to read our full editorial process page here.

